Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and...

338
Oracleâ Advanced Pricing User’s Guide Release 11i January 2002 Part No. A90830-02

Transcript of Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and...

Page 1: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Oracle� Advanced Pricing

User’s Guide

Release 11i

January 2002

Part No. A90830-02

Page 2: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide, Release 11i

Part No. A90830-02

Copyright © 1996, 2002, Oracle Corporation. All rights reserved.

Primary Authors: Tom Myers, John Salvini, James Siri

Contributing Authors: Rajeshwari Chellam, Amy Cui, Swati Deshmukh, Sripriya Gopal, Vivek Gulati, Nitin Hase, Leslie Hershey, Jayarama Holla, Jeff Lee, Vivian Lee, Tony Maxey, Sameer Phatarpekar, Abhijit Prasad,Alison Schofield, Renganathan Sreenivasan, Kannan Tarakad, Ravi Tata, Boon Tea, T. Geresh, Maria Viglionese Matheny, Linda Xu.

Contributors: David Reitan

The Programs (which include both the software and documentation) contain proprietary information of Oracle Corporation; they are provided under a license agreement containing restrictions on use and disclosure and are also protected by copyright, patent, and other intellectual and industrial property laws. Reverse engineering, disassembly, or decompilation of the Programs is prohibited.

Program documentation is licensed for use solely to support the deployment of the Programs and not for any other purpose.

The information contained in this document is subject to change without notice. If you find any problems in the documentation, please report them to us in writing. Oracle Corporation does not warrant that this document is error free. Except as may be expressly permitted in your license agreement for these Programs, no part of these Programs may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, for any purpose, without the express written permission of Oracle Corporation.

If the Programs are delivered to the U.S. Government or anyone licensing or using the programs on behalf of the U.S. Government, the following notice is applicable:

Restricted Rights Notice Programs delivered subject to the DOD FAR Supplement are "commercial computer software" and use, duplication, and disclosure of the Programs, including documentation, shall be subject to the licensing restrictions set forth in the applicable Oracle license agreement. Otherwise, Programs delivered subject to the Federal Acquisition Regulations are "restricted computer software" and use, duplication, and disclosure of the Programs shall be subject to the restrictions in FAR 52.227-19, Commercial Computer Software - Restricted Rights (June, 1987). Oracle Corporation, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood City, CA 94065.

The Programs are not intended for use in any nuclear, aviation, mass transit, medical, or other inherently dangerous applications. It shall be the licensee's responsibility to take all appropriate fail-safe, backup, redundancy, and other measures to ensure the safe use of such applications if the Programs are used for such purposes, and Oracle Corporation disclaims liability for any damages caused by such use of the Programs.

Oracle is a registered trademark, and OracleMetaLink is a trademark or registered trademark of Oracle Corporation. Other names may be trademarks of their respective owners.

Page 3: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Contents

Send Us Your Comments .................................................................................................................. vii

Preface............................................................................................................................................................ ix

How To Use This Guide ....................................................................................................................... ixConventions....................................................................................................................................... xShortcut Keys ................................................................................................................................... xiDocumentation Accessibility ........................................................................................................ xiii

Other Information Sources ................................................................................................................ xivOnline Documentation.................................................................................................................. xivRelated User’s Guides................................................................................................................... xivGuides Related to All Products .................................................................................................... xvUser Guides Related to This Product .......................................................................................... xvReference Manuals ........................................................................................................................ xviInstallation and System Administration ................................................................................... xviiOther Implementation Documentation..................................................................................... xviiiTraining and Support..................................................................................................................... xx

Do Not Use Database Tools to Modify Oracle Applications Data............................................. xxiAbout Oracle......................................................................................................................................... xxiYour Feedback ..................................................................................................................................... xxii

1 Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Oracle Advanced Pricing ........................................................................................... 1-2Pricing Components..................................................................................................................... 1-7

iii

Page 4: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

2 Setting Up

Overview of Setting Up ..................................................................................................................... 2-2Setup Steps ........................................................................................................................................... 2-4Profile Options .................................................................................................................................. 2-34

3 Creating Pricing Qualifier Groups

Overview of Oracle Advanced Pricing Qualifiers ....................................................................... 3-2Creating a Qualifier Group ............................................................................................................... 3-7Querying a Qualifier Group ........................................................................................................... 3-11Modifying or Deleting Qualifier Groups .................................................................................... 3-12Using Qualifiers with Price Lists................................................................................................... 3-12Using Qualifiers with Modifiers ................................................................................................... 3-12

4 Modifiers

Overview of Modifiers ...................................................................................................................... 4-2Creating a Modifier List .................................................................................................................. 4-22Creating List Level Qualifiers ........................................................................................................ 4-26Creating Modifier Lines .................................................................................................................. 4-30Creating Line Level Qualifiers ....................................................................................................... 4-55Attaching Pricing Attributes to Modifier Lines.......................................................................... 4-58Excluding Items ................................................................................................................................. 4-59Copying a Modifier List .................................................................................................................. 4-60Overview of Promotional Limits ................................................................................................... 4-62

Creating Limits............................................................................................................................ 4-64Viewing Limit Balances and Transaction Details .................................................................. 4-73Updating an Existing Limit Balance ........................................................................................ 4-77Enforcing Limits.......................................................................................................................... 4-79Adjusting the Limit Amount..................................................................................................... 4-80Changing Modifier Incompatibility ......................................................................................... 4-82

Redeeming Accruals ......................................................................................................................... 4-85

5 Formulas

Overview of Formulas........................................................................................................................ 5-2Creating a Pricing Formula ............................................................................................................... 5-3

iv

Page 5: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Updating Formula Prices................................................................................................................. 5-12

6 Price Lists

Overview of Price Lists...................................................................................................................... 6-2Creating a Price List............................................................................................................................ 6-8Maintaining a Price List .................................................................................................................. 6-19Querying Price List Lines................................................................................................................ 6-21Deleting Price List Information ..................................................................................................... 6-21Copying a Price List.......................................................................................................................... 6-22Adjusting a Price List ....................................................................................................................... 6-24Adding Items to a Price List............................................................................................................ 6-26Creating a GSA Price List................................................................................................................ 6-28

7 Agreements

Overview of Creating Agreements.................................................................................................. 7-2Creating Agreements.......................................................................................................................... 7-4

8 Attribute Sourcing

Attribute Sourcing Overview ........................................................................................................... 8-2Attribute Sourcing Process ............................................................................................................... 8-3

9 Reports and Concurrent Processes

Overview of Reports .......................................................................................................................... 9-2Price List Detail Report...................................................................................................................... 9-3Pricing Formulas Report.................................................................................................................... 9-5Qualifier Grouping Report ............................................................................................................... 9-6Modifier Details Report .................................................................................................................... 9-7Build Sourcing Rules Process........................................................................................................... 9-9Euro Customer Conversion Process .............................................................................................. 9-11QP: Maintains the denormalized data in QP Qualifiers ........................................................... 9-12

A Pricing Attribute Seed Data

Pricing Attribute Seed Data.............................................................................................................. A-2

v

Page 6: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

B Qualifier Seed Data

Qualifier Seed Data ............................................................................................................................ B-2

C Lookups

Lookups ................................................................................................................................................ C-2

D Modifier Scenarios

Modifier Scenarios ............................................................................................................................. D-2

E Formula Scenarios

Formula Scenarios............................................................................................................................... E-2

F Windows and Navigator Paths

Windows and Navigator Paths ......................................................................................................... F-1

Glossary

Index

vi

Page 7: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Send Us Your Comments

Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide, Release 11i

Part No. A90830-02

Oracle Corporation welcomes your comments and suggestions on the quality and usefulness of this publication. Your input is an important part of the information used for revision.

■ Did you find any errors?■ Is the information clearly presented?■ Do you need more information? If so, where?■ Are the examples correct? Do you need more examples?■ What features did you like most about this manual?

If you find any errors or have any other suggestions for improvement, please indicate the document title and part number, and the chapter, section, and page number (if available). You can send com-ments to us in the following ways:

■ Electronic mail: [email protected]■ FAX: 1.650.506.7294 Attn: Oracle Advanced Pricing■ Postal service:

Oracle CorporationOracle Pricing Documentation500 Oracle ParkwayRedwood Shores, CA 94065USA

If you would like a reply, please give your name, address, telephone number, and (optionally) elec-tronic mail address.

If you have problems with the software, please contact your local Oracle Support Services.

vii

Page 8: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

viii

Page 9: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Preface

Welcome to Release 11i of the Oracle® Advanced Pricing User’s Guide. This guide is intended for anyone who is interested in setting up and using Oracle Advanced Pricing.

This guide assumes you have a working knowledge of the following:

■ The principles and customary practices of your business area.

■ Oracle Advanced Pricing

If you have never used Oracle Advanced Pricing, Oracle suggests you attend one or more of the Oracle Advanced Pricing training classes available through Oracle University.

■ The Oracle Applications graphical user interface.

To learn more about the Oracle Applications graphical user interface, read the Oracle Applications User’s Guide.

See Other Information Sources for more information about Oracle Applications product information.

How To Use This GuideThis guide contains the information you need to understand and use Oracle Advanced Pricing:

Chapter 1 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing concepts and provides an overview of Oracle Advanced Pricing functionality.

Chapter 2 Explains Oracle Advanced Pricing set up and configuration.

ix

Page 10: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

ConventionsIn this manual, we use a number of notational and text conventions to visually identify different kinds of information.

Text ConventionsThe following text conventions are used in this manual:

NoteA Note calls attention to an important feature or fact that is related to the contents of the previous paragraph. Here is an example of a Note:

Chapter 3 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Qualifiers and associated qualifier functionality.

Chapter 4 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Modifiers, pricing limits, and associated modifier functionality.

Chapter 5 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Formulas and associated formula functionality.

Chapter 6 Explains Oracle Price Lists and associated price list usage and functionality.

Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality.

Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing default data sourcing rules and associated functionality.

Chapter 9 Listing and definition of Oracle Advanced Pricing Reports.

Appendix A Provides a listing of Oracle Advanced Pricing Attribute seed data.

Appendix B Provides a listing of Oracle Qualifier seed data.

Appendix C Provides a listing of Oracle Advanced Pricing Lookups.

Appendix D Provides Oracle Advanced Pricing Modifier usage scenarios.

Appendix E Provides Oracle Advanced Pricing Formulas usage scenarios.

Appendix F Provides a listing of Oracle Advanced Pricing Navigation Paths.

Note: A Note calls attention to an important feature or fact that is related to the contents of the previous paragraph.

x

Page 11: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

WarningA Warning represents information about a condition that could prevent application or Application Integration from working correctly. Here is an example of a Warning:

Shortcut KeysOracle Advanced Pricing provides computer keyboard shortcut keys that can be used as an alternative to the mouse pointer for navigating and enabling buttons and check boxes in the Advanced Pricing windows.

The following tables provide the shortcut key combinations and functions that are used in the Advanced Pricing windows:

Advanced Pricing - Price Lists window

Copy Price List / Copy Modifiers window

Warning: A Warning represents information about a condition that could prevent application or Application Integration from working correctly.

Region Function Shortcut Key

Price List region Mobile Download check box Alt+M

Price List region Active check box Alt+A

List Lines tab Price Break button Alt+B

List Lines tab Pricing Attributes button Alt+P

Qualifier tab Copy Group button Alt+C

Region Function Shortcut Key

Copy From Include Discounts check box Alt+D

Copy From Retain Effective dates check box Alt+R

N/A Submit button Alt+U

xi

Page 12: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Adjust Price List window

GSA Price List window

Modifier Setup window

Incompatibility Groups window

Region Function Shortcut Key

N/A Submit button Alt+U

Region Function Shortcut Key

Main tab List Limits button Alt+L

Main tab List Qualifiers button Alt+Q

Header Level qualifiers Copy Group button Alt+G

Modifier Summary Line Limits button Alt+I

Region Function Shortcut Key

Main tab List Limits button Alt+L

Main tab List Qualifiers button Alt+Q

Main tab Active check box Alt+C

Main tab Automatic check box Alt+U

Header Level qualifiers Copy Group button Alt+G

Modifier Summary Line Limits button Alt+I

Modifier Summary Exclude button Alt+X

Modifier Summary Pricing Attributes button Alt+P

Modifier Summary Line Qualifiers button Alt+N

Modifier Summary Define Details button Alt+D

Region Function Shortcut Key

N/A Modifiers button Alt+M

xii

Page 13: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Pricing Agreements window

Documentation Accessibility Our goal is to make Oracle products, services, and supporting documentation accessible, with good usability, to the disabled community. To that end, our documentation includes features that make information available to users of assistive technology. This documentation is available in HTML format, and contains markup to facilitate access by the disabled community. Standards will continue to evolve over time, and Oracle Corporation is actively engaged with other market-leading technology vendors to address technical obstacles so that our documentation can be accessible to all of our customers. For additional information, visit the Oracle Accessibility Program Web site at http://www.oracle.com/accessibility/.

Accessibility of Code Examples in DocumentationJAWS, a Windows screen reader, may not always correctly read the code examples in this document. The conventions for writing code require that closing braces should appear on an otherwise empty line; however, JAWS may not always read a line of text that consists solely of a bracket or brace.

Region Function Shortcut Key

Payment Tab/Override Flag section

Accounting Rule check box Alt+R

Payment Tab/Override Flag section

Invoicing Rule check box Alt+I

N/A Price Breaks button Alt+B

N/A Pricing Attributes button Alt+A

xiii

Page 14: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Other Information SourcesYou can choose from many sources of information, including online documentation, training, and support services, to increase your knowledge and understanding of Oracle Advanced Pricing.

If this guide refers you to other Oracle Applications documentation, use only the Release 11i versions of those guides.

Online DocumentationAll Oracle Applications documentation is available online (HTML or PDF).

■ Online Help - The new features section in the HTML help describes new features in 11i. This information is updated for each new release of Oracle Advanced Pricing. The new features section also includes information about any features that were not yet available when this guide was printed. For example, if your administrator has installed software from a mini-packs an upgrade, this document describes the new features. Online help patches are available on MetaLink.

■ 11i Features Matrix - This document lists new features available by patch and identifies any associated new documentation. The new features matrix document is available on MetaLink.

■ Readme File - Refer to the readme file for patches that you have installed to learn about new documentation or documentation patches that you can download.

Related User’s GuidesOracle Advanced Pricing shares business and setup information with other Oracle Applications products. Therefore, you may want to refer to other documents when you set up and use Oracle Advanced Pricing.

You can read the guides on-line by choosing Library from the expandable menu on your HTML help window, by reading from the Oracle Applications Document Library CD included in your media pack, or by using a Web browser with a URL that your system administrator provides.

If you require printed guides, you can purchase them from the Oracle store at http://oraclestore.oracle.com.

xiv

Page 15: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Guides Related to All Products

Oracle Applications User GuideThis guide explains how to navigate the system, enter data, and query information, and introduces other basic features of the GUI available with this release of Oracle Advanced Pricing (and any other Oracle Applications products). You can also access this document on-line by choosing Getting Started and Using Oracle Applications from the Oracle Applications help system.

Oracle Alert User GuideUse this guide to define periodic and event alerts that monitor the status of your Oracle Applications data.

Oracle Applications Implementation Wizard User GuideIf you are implementing more than one Oracle product, you can use the Oracle Applications Implementation Wizard to coordinate your setup activities. This guide describes how to use the wizard.

Oracle Applications Developer’s GuideThis guide contains the coding standards followed by the Oracle Applications development staff. It describes the Oracle Application Object Library components needed to implement the Oracle Applications user interface described in the Oracle Applications User Interface Standards. It also provides information to help you build your custom Oracle Developer forms so that they integrate with Oracle Applications.

Oracle Applications User Interface StandardsThis guide contains the user interface (UI) standards followed by the Oracle Applications development staff. It describes the UI for the Oracle Applications products and how to apply this UI to the design of an application built by using Oracle Forms.

User Guides Related to This Product

Oracle Applications Demonstration User’s GuideThis guide documents the functional storyline and product flows for Vision Enterprises, a fictional manufacturer of personal computers products and services.

xv

Page 16: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

As well as including product overviews, the book contains detailed discussions and examples across each of the major product flows. Tables, illustrations, and charts summarize key flows and data elements.

Oracle Order Management User’s GuideThis guide describes how to enter sales orders and returns, copy existing sales orders, schedule orders, release orders, create price lists, discounts for orders, run processes, and create reports.

Oracle Self Service Web Applications User’s GuideThis guide describes how Oracle Self Service Web Applications enable companies to provide a self-service and secure web interface for its employees, customers and suppliers. Employees can change their personal status, submit expense reports or request supplies; customers can check on their orders; and suppliers can share production schedules with their trading partners. This guide is available in HTML only.

Reference Manuals

Oracle Technical Reference ManualsEach technical reference manual contains database diagrams and a detailed description of database tables, forms, reports, and programs for a specific Oracle Applications product. This information helps you convert data from your existing applications, integrate Oracle Applications data with non-Oracle applications, and write custom reports for Oracle Applications products. You can order a technical reference manual for any Oracle Applications product you have licensed.

Oracle Manufacturing and Distribution Open Interfaces ManualThis manual contains up-to-date information about integrating with other Oracle Manufacturing applications and with your other systems. This documentation includes open interfaces found in Oracle Manufacturing.

Oracle Applications Message Reference ManualThis manual describes all Oracle Applications messages. This manual is available in HTML format on the documentation CD-ROM for Release 11i.

xvi

Page 17: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Oracle Project Manufacturing Implementation ManualThis manual describes the setup steps and implementation for Oracle Project Manufacturing.

Oracle Self-Service Web Applications Implementation ManualThis manual describes the setup steps for Oracle Self-Service Web Applications and the Web Applications dictionary.

Oracle Applications Flexfields GuideThis guide provides flexfields planning, setup, and reference information for the Oracle Advanced Pricing implementation team, as well as for users responsible for the ongoing maintenance of Oracle Applications product data.This guide also provides information on creating custom reports on flexfields data.

Installation and System Administration

Oracle Advanced Pricing Implementation ManualThis manual contains the information you need to implement Oracle Advanced Pricing.

Oracle Applications ConceptsThis guide provides an introduction to the concepts, features, technology stack, architecture, and terminology for Oracle Applications Release 11i. It provides a useful first book to read before an installation of Oracle Applications. This guide also introduces the concepts behind, and major issues, for Applications-wide features such as Business Intelligence (BIS), languages and character sets, and self-service applications.

Installing Oracle ApplicationsThis guide provides instructions for managing the installation of Oracle Applications products. In Release 11i, much of the installation process is handled using Oracle Rapid Install, which minimizes the time it takes to install Oracle Applications and the Oracle 8i Server technology stack by automating many of the required steps. This guide contains instructions for using Oracle Rapid Install and lists the tasks you need to perform to finish your installation. You should use this guide in conjunction with individual product user guides and implementation guides.

xvii

Page 18: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Upgrading Oracle ApplicationsRefer to this guide if you are upgrading your Oracle Applications Release 10.7 or Release 11.0 products to Release 11i. This guide describes the upgrade process in general and lists database upgrade and product-specific upgrade tasks. You must be at either Release 10.7 (NCA, SmartClient, or character mode) or Release 11.0 to upgrade to Release 11i. You cannot upgrade to Release 11i directly from releases prior to 10.7.

Maintaining Oracle ApplicationsUse this guide to help you run the various Oracle applications, such as AutoUpgrade, AutoPatch, AD Administration, AD Controller, Relink, and others. It contains how-to steps, screen shots, and other information that you need to run the Oracle applications.

Oracle Applications Product Update NotesUse this guide as a reference if you are responsible for upgrading an installation of Oracle Applications. It provides a history of the changes to individual Oracle Applications products between Release 11.0 and Release 11i. It includes new features and enhancements and changes made to database objects, profile options, and seed data for this interval.

Oracle Applications System Administrator’s GuideThis guide provides planning and reference information for the Oracle Applications System Administrator. It contains information on how to define security, customize menus and on-line help, and manage processing.

Oracle Workflow GuideThis guide explains how to define new workflow business processes as well as customize existing Oracle Applications-embedded workflow processes. You also use this guide to complete the setup steps necessary for any Oracle Applications product that includes workflow-enabled processes.

Other Implementation Documentation

Oracle Applications Product Update NotesUse this guide as a reference for upgrading an installation of Oracle Applications. It provides a history of the changes to individual Oracle Applications products

xviii

Page 19: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

between Release 11.0 and Release 11i. It includes new features, enhancements, and changes made to database objects, profile options, and seed data for this interval.

Multiple Reporting Currencies in Oracle ApplicationsIf you use the Multiple Reporting Currencies feature to record transactions in more than one currency, use this manual before implementing Oracle Advanced Pricing. This manual details additional steps and setup considerations for implementing Oracle Advanced Pricing with this feature.

Multiple Organizations in Oracle ApplicationsThis guide describes how to set up and use Oracle Advanced Pricing with Oracle Applications' Multiple Organization support feature, so you can define and support different organization structures when running a single installation of Oracle Advanced Pricing.

Oracle Workflow GuideThis guide explains how to define new workflow business processes as well as customize existing Oracle Applications-embedded workflow processes.You also use this guide to complete the setup steps necessary for any Oracle Applications product that includes workflow-enabled processes.

Oracle Applications Flexfields GuideThis guide provides flexfields planning, setup and reference information for the Oracle Advanced Pricing implementation team, as well as for users responsible for the ongoing maintenance of Oracle Applications product data. This manual also provides information on creating custom reports on flexfields data.

Oracle eTechnical Reference ManualsEach eTechnical Reference Manual (eTRM) contains database diagrams and a detailed description of database tables, forms, reports, and programs for a specific Oracle Applications product. This information helps you convert data from your existing applications, integrate Oracle Applications data with non-Oracle applications, and write custom reports for Oracle Applications products. Oracle eTRM is available on Metalink.

xix

Page 20: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Oracle Manufacturing APIs and Open Interfaces ManualThis manual contains up-to-date information about integrating with other Oracle Manufacturing applications and with your other systems. This documentation includes API’s and open interfaces found in Oracle Manufacturing.

Oracle Order Management Suite APIs and Open Interfaces ManualThis manual contains up-to-date information about integrating with other Oracle Manufacturing applications and with your other systems. This documentation includes API’s and open interfaces found in Oracle Order Management Suite.

Oracle Applications Message Reference ManualThis manual describes all Oracle Applications messages. This manual is available in HTML format on the documentation CD-ROM for Release 11i.

Training and Support

TrainingOracle offers a complete set of training courses to help you and your staff master Oracle Advanced Pricing and reach full productivity quickly. These courses are organized into functional learning paths, so you take only those courses appropriate to your job or area of responsibility.

You have a choice of educational environments. You can attend courses offered by Oracle University at any one of our many Education Centers, you can arrange for our trainers to teach at your facility, or you can use Oracle Learning Network (OLN), Oracle University's online education utility. In addition, Oracle training professionals can tailor standard courses or develop custom courses to meet your needs. For example, you may want to use your organization structure, terminology, and data as examples in a customized training session delivered at your own facility.

SupportFrom on-site support to central support, our team of experienced professionals provides the help and information you need to keep Oracle Advanced Pricing working for you. This team includes your Technical Representative, Account Manager, and Oracle’s large staff of consultants and support specialists with

xx

Page 21: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

expertise in your business area, managing an Oracle8i server, and your hardware and software environment.

Do Not Use Database Tools to Modify Oracle Applications DataOracle STRONGLY RECOMMENDS that you never use SQL*Plus, Oracle Data Browser, database triggers, or any other tool to modify Oracle Applications data unless otherwise instructed.

Oracle provides powerful tools you can use to create, store, change, retrieve, and maintain information in an Oracle database. But if you use Oracle tools such as SQL*Plus to modify Oracle Applications data, you risk destroying the integrity of your data and you lose the ability to audit changes to your data.

Because Oracle Applications tables are interrelated, any change you make using Oracle Applications can update many tables at once. But when you modify Oracle Applications data using anything other than Oracle Applications, you may change a row in one table without making corresponding changes in related tables. If your tables get out of synchronization with each other, you risk retrieving erroneous information and you risk unpredictable results throughout Oracle Applications.

When you use Oracle Applications to modify your data, Oracle Applications automatically checks that your changes are valid. Oracle Applications also keeps track of who changes information. If you enter information into database tables using database tools, you may store invalid information. You also lose the ability to track who has changed your information because SQL*Plus and other database tools do not keep a record of changes.

About OracleOracle Corporation develops and markets an integrated line of software products for database management, applications development, decision support and office automation, as well as Oracle Applications. Oracle Applications provides the E-business Suite, a fully integrated suite of more than 70 software modules for financial management, Internet procurement, business intelligence, supply chain management, manufacturing, project systems, human resources and sales and service management.

Oracle products are available for mainframes, minicomputers, personal computers, network computers, and personal digital assistants, enabling organizations to integrate different computers, different operating systems, different networks, and even different database management systems, into a single, unified computing and information resource.

xxi

Page 22: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Oracle is the world’s leading supplier of software for information management, and the world’s second largest software company. Oracle offers its database, tools, and application products, along with related consulting, education and support services, in over 145 countries around the world.

Your FeedbackThank you for using Oracle Advanced Pricing and this user’s guide.

Oracle values your comments and feedback. At the beginning of this guide is a Reader’s Comment Form you can use to explain what you like or dislike about Oracle Advanced Pricing or this user’s guide. Mail your comments to the following address or call us directly at (650) 506-7000.

Oracle Applications Documentation ManagerOracle Corporation500 Oracle ParkwayRedwood Shores, CA 94065U.S.A.

Or, send electronic mail to [email protected].

xxii

Page 23: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Oracle Advanced P

1

Oracle Advanced Pricing

This chapter explains Oracle Advanced Pricing and includes the following topic:

■ Overview of Oracle Advanced Pricing on page 1-2.

ricing 1-1

Page 24: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Oracle Advanced PricingOracle Advanced Pricing supports e-business applications by providing a flexible pricing engine that executes pricing and promotional calculations for Oracle Order Management and other Oracle Applications. This application is licensed as Oracle Advanced Pricing.

Oracle Advanced Pricing provides the flexibility to meet the needs of complex pricing situations for a range of demanding industry business requirements which include:

■ Consumer goods, telecommunications, services, high technology, automotive, and aerospace/defense businesses which sell to other businesses.

■ Telemarketing, mail order catalog, and web store businesses which sell directly to consumers.

Oracle Advanced Pricing provides advanced pricing capabilities that enable you to set up your pricing information and to model complex data relationships to determine the correct price.

With Oracle Advanced Pricing, you can perform the following functions:

■ Set a list price for an item or item hierarchy

■ Set a list price based on volume breaks

■ Usage Pricing / counter price - calculate price based on usage brackets

■ Point break (all quantity in one bracket)

■ Range Break (quantity in each bracket gets the price of that bracket)

■ Set a list price/ discounts at multiple levels of flattened hierarchies and use precedence to select the right price/discount.

■ Dynamically calculate the price based on simple or a complex formula

■ Define a formula to create a price relation (price of item A is Price of Item B + $20)

■ Setup GSA prices

■ Define pricing agreements

■ Get a price/discount from an external source (my price = competitors price - 5%)

■ Set a percent/fixed/lump sum discount or surcharge

1-2 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 25: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Oracle Advanced Pricing

■ N-Dimensional Pricing (if width between 2-4 and thickness between 1-3 then multiple the price by 0.3)

■ Benefit/surcharge based on total volume of multiple order lines of the same order

■ Set up deals and promotions

■ Buy one get one free

■ Coupon issue (Buy over $1000 and get a coupon of $100 for future purchase)

■ Issue gift-certificates

■ Other item discount (Buy A and B get 20% off on C)

■ Item Upgrade (For the price of 12 Oz. Shampoo get 16 Oz. Shampoo)

■ Terms upgrade (Buy over $100 and get upgraded to air shipment)

■ Set discounts as “to be accrued”

■ Set up freight and special charges

■ Mark discounts as exclusive or incompatible to each other

■ Create Cascading discounts (discounts to be applied on subtotals)

■ Create your own eligibility conditions by grouping the qualifiers

■ Define your own qualifier and qualifier sourcing rules (if today = Sunday then give 10%)

Oracle Advanced Pricing and its pricing engine work through open, business object oriented APIs. The following Oracle Application suites use the pricing engine:

■ Oracle Order Management

■ Oracle Customer Relationship Management

The Pricing ConceptThe pricing engine receives transaction information, prepares pricing requests, selects price lists and modifier lists, and applies price adjustments (benefits) to the transaction.

The pricing engine, displayed in the graphic below, answers the following questions as it determines a price:

■ Who qualifies for prices and benefits?

Oracle Advanced Pricing 1-3

Page 26: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Oracle Advanced Pricing

■ What is the product hierarchy and what pricing attributes pertain to this item or service?

■ How should I adjust the order price or order line price?

The following diagram shows the elements of the pricing concept:

■ A sales order

■ The qualifier hierarchy

■ The pricing request

■ The pricing engine

■ The list price and adjustments

■ The setup entities: Price lists, qualifiers, modifiers, products, formulas, and pricing attributes

After the diagram, the text explains these elements.

1-4 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 27: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Oracle Advanced Pricing

Figure 1–1 Pricing Overview

Oracle Advanced Pricing 1-5

Page 28: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Oracle Advanced Pricing

Who Qualifies?Pricing qualifiers control who is eligible for certain prices (price lists) and benefits (modifiers).

Some example qualifiers are:

■ Customer Class = VIP

■ Order Type = Special

What Is the Product Hierarchy and Pricing Attributes?The product hierarchy and pricing attributes control what is being priced or modified on a price list or modifier list.

An example of a product hierarchy with pricing attributes is All Plastic items of Grade B quality get 50% discount.

How Should I Adjust the Price?Pricing modifiers control how a modifiers affect the final price (selling price).

Some example modifiers are:

■ Discount of 2%

■ Buy 1 get 1 free

■ Get 480 ml shampoo for the same price as 360 ml shampoo

■ Get a coupon for 100 currency units if you buy over 1000 currency units

The Pricing EngineThe advanced, flexible pricing engine performs pricing and benefit calculations for Oracle Order Management products and Oracle Customer Relationship Management products through open APIs.

The pricing engine performs the following functions:

■ Prepares the price request structure

■ Selects applicable price lists and modifier lists

■ Determines base list price

■ Calculates final selling price

■ Applies benefits and surcharges (from modifier lists) to list price to determine selling price

1-6 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 29: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Oracle Advanced Pricing

Preparing the Price Request StructureThe calling applications submit price requests. This function configures a pricing request into a pricing request structure. The pricing request structure provides information about all the qualifiers and product pricing attributes.

Selecting the Price List or Modifier ListThis function selects which price lists are eligible for the current pricing request. It uses the qualifiers and pricing attributes to select an eligible list of prices or modifiers it can apply to the pricing request lines according to the certain rules.

Determining List PriceThis function takes the validated price list lines and applies them to the pricing request lines. You can specify the list price on a price list as unit price, percent price, or formula.

Applying Price and Modifier AdjustmentsThis function takes the validated modifier list lines and applies them to the pricing request lines.

The modifier function provides price adjustments such as discounts, price breaks, surcharges, coupons, item and term substitutions, and other item discounts. Discount and surcharges modifiers affect the selling price; freight charge modifiers do not affect the selling price.

Pricing Components

QualifiersQualifiers control who receives benefits. They can assign discounts and promotions to:

■ Specific customers

■ Customer groups

■ Order types

■ Order amount

■ Specific customer or group of customers

Oracle Advanced Pricing 1-7

Page 30: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Oracle Advanced Pricing

Qualifier GroupsQualifier groups allow you to group multiple conditions and to assign them to a single benefit. For more information, see: Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide, Qualifier Groups.

Pricing AttributesPricing attributes control what is being priced or modified on a price list or modifier list.

Price ListsPrice lists contain prices and currencies associated with products and services. Each price list contains basic header information with one or more item lines. Price lists can have:

■ Prices for specific products and services or for product groups

■ Prices as absolute values, percents of other prices, or as formulas

■ Prices applicable to the entire organization or to one operating unit

■ Negative prices

For more information, see: Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide, Price Lists.

ModifiersPricing modifiers control how the pricing engine can modify the pricing requests and pricing request lines. The modifiers are:

■ Discount: Reduces the price by a fixed amount or percentage or provides a new price.

■ Surcharge: Increases the price by a fixed amount or percentage or provides a new price.

■ Item upgrade: Replaces an ordered item with another item for the same price as the original item.

■ Other item discount: Gives a price adjustment or benefit to a specified item on an order when the customer orders one or more specified items on that same order.

■ Coupon: Issues a coupon as an offer of discount on other goods and services which is redeemable on a future pricing request.

■ Terms substitution: Upgrades payment, shipping, and freight terms.

1-8 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 31: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Oracle Advanced Pricing

■ Freight/Special charges: Charges for shipping and miscellaneous situations, for example, duty, handling charges, and insurance

■ Promotional goods: Adds a new item to an order and gives this item a price adjustment or benefit when the customer orders one or more specific items on the same order.

■ Price break: Applies a variable discount or surcharge price adjustment to a pricing request based on the break type and condition met. You can use both point- and range-type breaks.

The following table shows scenarios with examples of the qualifiers, modifiers, and pricing attributes that support them:

For more information, see: Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide, Modifiers.

FormulasPricing formulas allow the pricing engine to determine item prices based on the following:

■ A combination of pricing attributes and factors based on the value of a pricing attribute

■ The list price on the price list line to which the formula is attached

■ The list price on any specific price list line

■ A numeric constant

■ A customizable function

Scenario Qualifier ModifierProduct Hierarchy

Pricing attribute

XYZ corporation gets 10% discount on all the products

Customer = XYZ Corporation

10% discount Null Null

If Order_Type = Return and customer class = Retail then apply 15% surcharge for all the “Electronic” items.

Order Type = Return

Customer Class = Retail

15% Surcharge Electronic Items

Null

Grade B Motor Oil gets $20 off

Null $20.00 discount Motor Oil Grade B

Oracle Advanced Pricing 1-9

Page 32: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Oracle Advanced Pricing

You can also attach a formula to a modifier line for the pricing engine to use to calculate discounts.

You can use two types of formulas:

■ Static: You specify the formula and execute a concurrent process which calculates absolute price values.

■ Dynamic: You specify the formula and the pricing engine uses the formula in its calculations each time that someone orders the product.

For more information, see: Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide, Formulas.

Pricing Service ItemsThe pricing engine prices service items in the same way that it prices inventory items. In Oracle Order Management, the parent item is the serviceable item and must be in the install base. Oracle Order Management passes both the serviceable item and the service item to the pricing engine; the pricing engine first prices the serviceable item and then prices the service item.

You can price service items as follows:

■ Unit price: You set a list price for the service item.

■ Percent price: You set a percentage; the price of the service item is that percentage of the serviceable item list price.To use this method, select the flag Service Item in the Service tab when you define the item.

When pricing service items, attend to the following order management attributes when pricing service items. They are passed through the pricing engine application program interface (API):

■ Ordered Quantity (API: P_Line_Tbl.Line_Quantity): The order quantity of the service item expressed in the in the serviceable item unit of measure.

■ Ordered UOM Code (API: P_Line_Tbl.Line_Uom_Code): The unit of measure in the time scale.

■ Service Duration and Service Period (API: P_line_Tbl.UOM_Quantity): The duration of the service being ordered, for example, to order Computer Maintenance for one year, set Service Duration to 1 and Service Period to Year. You set these values in the Service tab when you enter the item in the order. In the API, P_line_Tbl.UOM_Quantity is the service duration expressed in Ordered UOM Code service period.

1-10 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 33: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Oracle Advanced Pricing

Oracle Order Management Service Item Pricing ExamplePrice list setup for laptop computer:

■ Product: Laptop Computer

■ Application Method: Unit Price

■ UOM Code: EA

■ List Price: 1000 currency units

Price list setup for computer service—unit price method:

■ Product: Computer Service

■ Application Method: Unit Price

■ UOM Code: Month

■ List Price: 10 currency units

Price list setup for computer service—percent price method:

■ Product: Computer Service

■ Application Method: Percent Price

■ UOM Code: Month

■ Percent Price: 2

Order line:

■ Product: Computer Service

■ Ordered Quantity: 1

■ Ordered UOM: Month

■ Service Period: Year

■ Service Duration: 1

■ Serviceable Item: Laptop Computer

List price calculation for computer service:

Oracle Advanced Pricing 1-11

Page 34: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Oracle Advanced Pricing

■ Unit price method: 10 currency units per month * 12 months service period/duration = 120 currency units

■ Percent price method: (1000 currency unit laptop computer * 2% computer service percent price) * 12 months service period/duration = 240 currency units

Implementation PlanningVisualizing the price bands of an organization may assist you in developing an effective implementation plan for Oracle Advanced Pricing. The following table provides a visual guide for mapping the modifiers of an organization to the components of Oracle Advanced Pricing.

The source pricing data is based upon the assumptions that item “Super Wine” has an item category of Wine. An order for a quantity 15 was placed on 15-Jun-2000 for a customer XYZ Corporation, who belongs to a customer class VIP.

BucketsPricing Phases

Incompatibility Group

Qualifiers \ Product Attributes (Precedence)

Modifiers / Price List Discount

Sub Total

Base Price List Line Base Price

EXCLUSIVE Customer Class - ‘VIP’ (310)

Item Code - ‘Super Wine’ (220)

Corporate List - $1000

Null Null

Base Price List Line Base Price

EXCLUSIVE Item Category - ‘Wine’ (290)

Preferred Vendors - $800

Null Null

Base Price List Line Base Price

Null Null Null Null $1,000

Bucket 1 List Line Adjust-ments

Level 1 Item Quantity > 10 (800)

Item Code - ‘Super Wine’ (220

4th July Promotion 10%

$100 Null

Bucket 1 List Line Adjust-ments

Level 1 Customer Class - ‘VIP’ (310)

Summer Promotion 15%

Null Null

1-12 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 35: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Oracle Advanced Pricing

Bucket 1 List Line Adjust-ments

Level 2 Customer id - ‘XYZ Corp’ (260)

VIP discount $40

$40 Null

Bucket 1 List Line Adjust-ments

Level 2 Customer id - ‘XYZ Corp’ (260)

Weekday Discount $20

Null Null

Bucket 1 All Line Adjustments

Level 1 Item Category - ‘Wine’ (290)

General Discount - $20

$10 Null

Bucket 1 All Line Adjust-ments

Exclusive Order Date < ‘01-Dec-2000’ (510)

Seasonal Discount - $10

Null Null

Bucket 1 Header Level Adjustments

Level 1 Null Preferred Customer 10%

100 Null

Bucket 1 Line Charges

Level 1 Null Handling Charge $20

$20 Null

Bucket 1 Header Level Charges

Level 1 Null Null Null Null

Bucket 1 Header Level Charges

Null Null Null Null $750

Bucket 2 Adjustments

Level 2 Null High usage surcharge 2%

($15) Null

Bucket 2 All Line Adjustments

Level 2 Null Null Null Null

Bucket 2 Header Level Adjustments

Level 2 Null Null Null Null

Bucket 2 Line Charges

Level 2 Null Null Null Null

BucketsPricing Phases

Incompatibility Group

Qualifiers \ Product Attributes (Precedence)

Modifiers / Price List Discount

Sub Total

Oracle Advanced Pricing 1-13

Page 36: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Oracle Advanced Pricing

The following factors should be considered when planning your implementation. For more information on setting up Oracle Advanced Pricing, see: Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide, Setting Up.

■ List price: Decide whether your prices are at an individual product level or at the product hierarchy or both. Also, determine the precedence levels in your organization. Determine if you base list prices on the volume purchased. Plan the number of price lists. To get a better performance, minimize the number of price lists and price list lines by using a combination of qualifiers, modifiers, pricing attributes, and formulas.

Based upon the source pricing data, product attribute Item Code - “Super Wine” for “Corporate” price list has a product precedence of 220, where as product attribute “Item Category - Wine” for “Preferred vendors” price list has a product precedence of 290. Pricing picks up a list of lower precedence and hence $1000 from “Corporate List” is returned. This is because the pricing phase “List line base price” has “Precedence” for resolving the incompatibility.

■ Modifier types: Categorize your discounts and promotions into the appropriate modifier types; each modifier type produces different results. For example, the Other Item Discount requires the customer to order the original item as a prerequisite to offering the discount; however, the Promotional Goods discount adds a new line to the order.

■ Buckets: The pricing engine may calculate different selling prices depending on how you group your discounts into buckets. Plan your cascading discounts so that you can assign discounts to buckets based on the subtotal on which each discount needs to be applied.

Bucket 2 Header Level Charges

Level 2 Null Null Null Null

Bucket 2 Header Level Charges

Level 2 Null Null Null Null

Bucket 2 Null Null Null Null Null $765

BucketsPricing Phases

Incompatibility Group

Qualifiers \ Product Attributes (Precedence)

Modifiers / Price List Discount

Sub Total

1-14 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 37: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Oracle Advanced Pricing

Based upon the source pricing data, 4th July promotion of 10% defined in Bucket 1 is applied on the list price of $1000, where as High Usage surcharge of 2% defined in Bucket 2 is applied on the subtotal $750 from bucket 1.

■ Phases: Decide to which event and phase each discounts and promotions belong. For example, Oracle recommends that you place:

■ Line level discounts in the Line Adjustments phase

■ A promotion such as Buy item A and item B and get a discount on Item C in the All Lines phase

■ Modifiers to apply when orders ship in a ship event

Phases are also tied to the order events. To apply a discount only when an order is shipped, assign the modifier to a phase which is executed in SHIP event.

For more information, see: Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide, Setting Up Phase Events.

■ Incompatibility groups and exclusivity: determine the pricing bands to which the various discounts and promotions belong. Determine which discounts and promotions apply on top of one another, are incompatible, or are exclusive. Analyze all discount schemes and promotions to determine the impact.

Based upon the source pricing data, the bucket Bucket 1 and pricing phase List Line Adjustments has two Incompatibility groups called Level 1 and Level 2. Level 1 has two promotions: 4th July Promotion and Summer Promotion. The 4th July Promotion has a product precedence of 220 and Summer promotion has a qualifier precedence of 310. The 4th July promotion is picked from incompatibility group Level 1 because it has the lower precedence.

Incompatibility Group Level 2 has two discounts: VIP discount and Weekday Discount, both with a qualifier precedence of 260. Pricing resolves the incompatibility by picking the best discount.

The bucket Bucket 1 and pricing phase All Line Adjustments has two incompatibility groups: Level 1 and Exclusive. Although General Discount in Level 1 has a lower product precedence, Seasonal discount for $10 which is in the Exclusive bucket is picked up by the engine.

Note: The pricing engine determines incompatibility and exclusivity within phases.

Oracle Advanced Pricing 1-15

Page 38: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Oracle Advanced Pricing

■ Modifier levels: Categorize the modifiers into line, group line, and order modifiers. How the pricing engine treats a modifier can change depending on your classification.

■ Automatic, Override, Asked for, and Accrual flags: It is very important that you understand how the pricing engine operates with these flags so that you can set them to reflect your business needs. Analyze all of your discounts, promotions, and charges in terms of these features.

■ Other setups: Precedence preferences, profile options, break types, and pricing attribute control the pricing engine behavior. Determine the values for these settings that reflect your business needs.

■ Precedence setups: Evaluate default precedence values for qualifiers and product hierarchy and change them to reflect your business needs.

For a list of seeded precedence numbers, see: Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide, Appendix B.

■ Unit of Measure: Decide the pricing units of measure for each item because:

■ Whether the pricing engine selects a modifier depends on the unit of measure

■ The list price in the order unit of measure overrides the precedence. When it processes a pricing request, the pricing engine first chooses eligible price list lines whose unit of measure matches the calling unit of measure. If there are multiple price list lines with matching unit of measure, the pricing engine chooses the price list line with the better precedence. If there are no price list lines with matching unit of measure, the pricing engine looks for price list lines with selected primary unit of measure flag for that item, then chooses the best precedence price list line.

Determine whether you need to set up new qualifier segments and sourcing rules. While Oracle Advanced Pricing has certain qualifier segments and sourcing rules seeded, you may need to define discounts, promotions, and charges based on other a qualifier segments.

For more information, see: Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide, Default Attribute Sourcing Rules.

1-16 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 39: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Setti

2

Setting Up

This chapter tells you everything you need to know about setting up Oracle Advanced Pricing and other integrated Oracle Applications including these topics:

■ Overview of Setting Up on page 2-2

■ Setup Steps on page 2-4

■ Profile Options on page 2-34

ng Up 2-1

Page 40: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Setting Up

Overview of Setting UpThis section contains an overview of each step you need to complete to set up Oracle Advanced Pricing including instructions on how to complete each task.

Some of the steps you may not need to perform if you’ve already performed a common-application setup (setting up multiple Oracle Applications products).

Oracle Applications Implementation WizardIf you are implementing more than one Oracle Applications product, it is recommended that you use the Oracle Applications Implementation Wizard (AIW) to coordinate your setup activities. The Wizard guides you through the setup steps for the applications you have installed, suggesting a logical sequence that satisfies cross-product implementation dependencies and reduces redundant setup steps.

You can use the Wizard to see a graphical overview of setup steps, read on-line help for a setup activity, and open the appropriate setup window. You can also document your implementation, for further reference and review, by using the Wizard to record comments for each step.

For more information, see: Oracle Applications Implementation Wizard User’s Guide.

Setup Underlying Oracle Applications TechnologyThe Wizard guides you through the entire Oracle Applications setup, including system administration. However, if you do not use the Implementation Wizard, you need to complete several other setup steps, including:

■ Performing system-wide setup tasks such as configuring concurrent managers and printers

■ Managing data security, which includes setting up responsibilities to allow access to a specific set of business data and complete a specific set of transactions, and assigning individual users to one or more of these responsibilities

For more information, see: Oracle Applications Implementation Wizard User’s Guide and also Oracle Applications System Administrator’s Guide.

Setup FlowSome of the steps outlined in this flowchart and setup checklist are Required and some are Optional. Required Step With Defaults refers to setup functionality that comes with pre-seeded, default values in the database; however, you should review those defaults and decide whether to change them to suit your business needs. If

2-2 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 41: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Setting Up

you want or need to change them, you should perform that setup step. You need to perform Optional steps only if you plan to use the related feature or complete certain business functions.

Setting Up 2-3

Page 42: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Setup Steps

Setup StepsThe following image illustrates the setup steps for Oracle Advanced Pricing. After the table, the text describes of each of the steps.

Step 1. Performing System Administration StepsDefault: None

You must assign users who will setting up Oracle Advanced Pricing to the Oracle Advanced Pricing Manager responsibility

See: Oracle System Administrators User Guide, Responsibilities.

2-4 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 43: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Setup Steps

Context: You need to perform this step for each user you wish to include access to the Oracle Advanced Pricing Manager responsibility. You should also perform steps 19-22.

Step 2.1 Creating Qualifier ContextsDefault: Predefined Oracle Advanced Pricing Qualifier Contexts.

For a list of predefined Oracle Qualifier Contexts, see Oracle Advanced Pricing, Appendix B.

If you skip this step, users will only be able to chose predefined Oracle qualifier contexts and qualifier attributes for price and benefit eligibility.

This step should be performed after you have specified your requirements to take best advantage of the flexibility of Oracle Advanced Pricing for managing pricing in your enterprise. Oracle Advanced Pricing includes some seeded qualifiers for use with Oracle Order Management. If you are not using Oracle Order Management or you require additional pricing qualifiers you should define these in this step.

Qualifiers provide a highly configureable and flexible method of defining the rules which your business uses to manage its pricing. Companies frequently set prices and discounts across multiple hierarchies, e.g. customer and geographical, and at different levels in these hierarchies. Each level in these hierarchies at which your business sets its pricing and discounting should be defined as a qualifier. These levels in your pricing hierarchies can then be used in qualifier rules for price lists, discounts and promotions etc. to decide who is eligible to receive which prices, benefits or charges.

In addition, any other element that your business uses to manage pricing eligibility should be setup as a qualifier. For ease of use and management of qualifiers, Oracle Advanced Pricing provides a mechanism of grouping qualifiers according to their business use, for example, customer qualifiers may be placed in a different context to order qualifiers.

Note: Please note that qualifiers are based on flexfields. Oracle Advanced Pricing has predefined several basic qualifiers contexts, qualifier attributes, and associated values. Any modifications to these predefined attributes will change the behavior of the system and could potentially corrupt the pricing data. It is highly recommended that you do not make any changes to the predefined qualifier contexts.

Setting Up 2-5

Page 44: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Setup Steps

Qualifier Contexts (hierarchies) are set up in the Oracle Application Descriptive flexfields Segments window. Descriptive flexfields are a special feature of Oracle Applications. They help you customize applications, by holding particular information your enterprise needs where you need it, and you determine exactly what information to store.

The order in which you sequence segments in a context, and across contexts, determines which Qualifiers have priority over others when the pricing engine is forced to choose between multiple prices, incompatible benefits or charges that are eligible to be applied to a request. With this is mind you should design your Qualifier flexfield such that the sequence number of each segment is unique across the Qualifier descriptive flexfield, with your most specific Qualifiers having the lower segment sequence numbers; in other words the sequence number of each Qualifier segment is used to order your Qualifiers according to priority.

Qualifier Precedence:

When defining your customer hierarchy, the lowest level in your hierarchy would generally have the lowest flexfield segment sequence number so that if the pricing engine needed to choose between a price for an item negotiated with a specific customer versus a price for the same item which was given to all Customers in a Customer Class, and you wished the engine to select the customer specific price, you would set the customer qualifier to be more specific (for example, assign a lower sequence number) than the Customer Class Qualifier. In this way you are effectively flattening your pricing hierarchy across the Qualifier Descriptive Flexfield. Each hierarchy may be defined within a context or across contexts depending on how many levels you have in your pricing hierarchies.

Note: Oracle Advanced Pricing uses the term precedence when referring to descriptive flexfield segment sequence numbers for Qualifier contexts.

2-6 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 45: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Setup Steps

To define a new Qualifier context:1. Navigate to the Descriptive Flexfields Segments window.

Figure 2–1 Qualifier Contexts

Note: When using the segment sequence to determine which prices or modifiers should be applied to a request line, the pricing engine considers all Qualifier segments plus the segments in the Item context within the Pricing Attribute Descriptive flexfield.

Given this, when ordering your segments according to pricing priority, you should ensure that the segment sequence number is unique across all Qualifier contexts, and the Item context within the Pricing Attribute Descriptive flexfield structure.

Note: Although the Descriptive Flexfield Segments window is used to define Qualifier Contexts, do not extend the definition of the entity like the traditional descriptive flexfield.

Setting Up 2-7

Page 46: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Setup Steps

2. Select the Oracle Advanced Pricing Application, Qualifier Contexts title.

3. In the Context Field Value region, Code field, add a user friendly short code for the context.

4. In the Name field, optionally change the user friendly short code to another more meaningful value.

5. Optionally, enter a Description.

6. Save your work.

Context: You need to perform this step for each qualifier context you wish to add.

Step 2.2 Creating Qualifier attributes and defining the domain for these attributesDefault: Predefined Oracle Advanced Pricing Qualifier Attributes and associated data sources.

For a list of predefined Oracle Qualifier Attributes and default data sources, see: Oracle Advanced Pricing, Appendix B.

Qualifier attributes are defined using the Oracle Application Descriptive Flexfields Segments window.

To define a new qualifier attribute:1. Navigate to the Descriptive Flexfields Segments window.

Note: Since Oracle Advanced Pricing does not support it, do not create segments in the Global Data Elements context.

2-8 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 47: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Setup Steps

Figure 2–2 Qualifier Attributes

2. Select the Oracle Advanced Pricing Application, Qualifier Contexts title.

3. In the Context Field Value region, Code field, select the short code for which you wish to define additional qualifiers.

4. Select Segments.

5. In the Number field, enter a numeric value for the dimension. Each segment must have a unique value across all your qualifier contexts and all segments in the Item context within your Pricing Attribute descriptive flexfield.

Warning: Segment 1-30 of each context are not currently used. Prefix the contexts and segment names with unique short name to avoid contention with seeded attributes in the future upgrades. All numeric and date qualifier or pricing attributes must have a valid value set attached, otherwise the attribute values will be treated as VARCHAR2

Setting Up 2-9

Page 48: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Setup Steps

6. In the Name field, enter a value for the qualifier attribute name.

7. In the Window Prompt field, enter the value you wish to appear when selecting the qualifier name.

8. In the Column field, select a qualifier attribute you wish to map qualifier values to for database storage. Valid values for the Qualifiers context are QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE1 through QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE100.

9. In the Value Set field, enter a predefined value set to establish possible values for selection when entering qualifier values.

10. Save your work.

Note: Each segment number indicates the specificity or default precedence number that maybe used when the pricing engine has to choose between multiple prices or incompatible price adjustments, benefits or charges that are eligible to be applied to a request line The pricing engine will select the price or modifier that has qualified with the qualifier attribute that has the lowest precedence, i.e. is the most specific. For a listing of predefined precedence numbers for seeded qualifier contexts, see: Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide, Appendix B.

■ The default precedence number for qualifier attributes can be updated when assigning qualifiers to secondary price lists. See: Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide, Price Lists.

■ The default precedence number for qualifier attributes can be updated when assigning qualifiers to modifier lists and modifier list lines. See: Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide, Modifiers.

Note: When entering Value Sets for the Qualifiers Context, you must enter values sets that use Value Validation of Validation type:

■ Independent

■ None

■ Table

2-10 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 49: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Setup Steps

Context: You need to perform this step for each qualifier attribute you may wish to add.

Step 3.1 Creating Pricing ContextsDefault: Predefined Oracle Advanced Pricing Attribute Contexts.

For a list of predefined Oracle Advanced Pricing Contexts, see Oracle Advanced Pricing, Appendix A.

If you skip this step, users will only be able to chose predefined Oracle pricing contexts and associated attribute values for benefit options.

Pricing Attributes are a powerful feature of Oracle Advanced Pricing that enables you to define what it is that you are pricing. This may include factors which effect the price of the item, additional definition without the need to create an item or managing pricing and discounting at a level higher than item in your product hierarchy. For ease of use and management of pricing attributes, Oracle Advanced Pricing provides a mechanism of grouping pricing attributes according to their business use, e.g. service item pricing attributes may be placed in a different context to your serviceable item pricing attributes.

Oracle Advanced Pricing includes some seeded pricing attributes for use with Oracle Order Management. If you are not using Oracle Order Management or you require additional pricing attributes you should define these in this step.

Pricing Contexts are setup in the Oracle Application Descriptive Flexfields Segments window. Descriptive flexfields are a special feature of Oracle Applications. They help you customize applications, by holding particular

Warning: You must also create a default sourcing rule for each qualifier attribute that you define since the pricing engine uses sourcing rules to determine attribute values. Ensure that you perform Step 4 for each qualifier attribute you define.

Note: Each level in your product hierarchy at which your business sets it’s pricing and discounting should be defined as a pricing attribute in the seeded context, Item. This step should be performed after you have specified your requirements to take best advantage of the flexibility of Oracle Advanced Pricing for managing pricing in your enterprise

Setting Up 2-11

Page 50: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Setup Steps

information your enterprise needs where you need it, and you determine exactly what information to hold. As with Qualifiers, the order in which you sequence your segments in the seeded item context should reflect the structure of your product pricing hierarchy. When defining your product pricing hierarchy, the lowest level in your hierarchy would generally have the lowest flexfield segment sequence number so that if the pricing engine needed to choose, for example, between a price for a specific item, versus a price for an item category, you would set the item segment to be more specific (i.e., assign a lower sequence number) than the product group segment.

In this way you are effectively flattening your pricing hierarchy in the item context of your Pricing Attribute Descriptive Flexfield, each level in your hierarchy, at which you wish to manage pricing, being represented as a segment.

Note: When using the segment sequence to determine which prices or modifiers should be applied to a request line, the pricing engine considers all Qualifier segments plus the segments in the item context in the Pricing Attribute Descriptive Flexfield. Given this, when ordering your segments according to pricing priority, you should ensure that the segment sequence number is unique across the Qualifier Flexfield and the item context in the Pricing Attribute Descriptive Flexfield.

2-12 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 51: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Setup Steps

To define a new Pricing Context:

Figure 2–3 Pricing Contexts

1. Navigate to the Descriptive Flexfields Segments window.

Note: Although the Descriptive flexfield segments form is used to define pricing contexts, pricing contexts do not extend the definition of the entity like the traditional descriptive flexfield.

Pricing attributes are based on flexfields. Oracle Advanced Pricing has predefined several basic pricing contexts, pricing attributes, and associated values. Any modifications to these attributes will change the behavior of the system and could potentially corrupt the pricing data. It is highly recommended that you do not make any changes to the predefined pricing attribute contexts.

Setting Up 2-13

Page 52: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Setup Steps

2. Select the Oracle Advanced Pricing Application, Attributes Contexts title.

3. In the Context Field Value region, Code field, add a user friendly short code for the new attribute hierarchy.

4. In the Name field, optionally change the user friendly short code to another more meaningful value.

5. Optionally, enter a Description for the attribute context.

6. Save your work.

Context: You need to perform this step for each pricing context you wish to add.

Step 3.2.Creating Pricing Attributes and Pricing Attribute valuesDefault: Predefined Oracle Advanced Pricing Attributes.

For a list of predefined Oracle Advanced Pricing Contexts and default data sources, see Oracle Advanced Pricing, Appendix A.

If you skip this step, users will only be able to chose predefined Oracle pricing attributes and associated attribute values for benefit options.

Attribute dimensions individual attributes are defined using the Oracle Application Descriptive Flexfields Segments window.

To define a new Pricing attribute:1. Navigate to the Descriptive Flexfields Segments window.

Note: Since Oracle Advanced Pricing does not support it, do not create segments in the Global Data Elements context.

2-14 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 53: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Setup Steps

Figure 2–4 Pricing Attributes

2. Select the Oracle Advanced Pricing Application, Pricing Contexts title

3. In the Context Field Value region, Code field, select the short code for which you wish to define additional attribute.

4. Select Segments.

Warning: For customers who are upgrading from Release 11 Oracle Advanced Pricing who use item segments of the Item context flexfield, or new customers who are setting up Oracle Advanced Pricing 11i, if you plan on utilizing Pricing_attributes3 to pricing_attribute23 in the item context of the flexfield Pricing Context, you must perform the following steps.

■ Enable the relevant pricing flexfield attributes in the item context.

■ Assign the same value set as of the corresponding item key flexfield segment to these attribute to which that segment has been mapped.

Setting Up 2-15

Page 54: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Setup Steps

5. In the Number field, enter a numeric value for the dimension. Each segment must have a unique value within a qualifier hierarchy.

6. In the Name field, enter a value for the pricing attribute name.

7. In the Window Prompt field, enter the value you wish to appear when selecting the pricing attribute name.

8. In the Column field, select a pricing attribute you wish to map attribute values to for database storage. Valid values for the pricing attribute context are PRICING_ATTRIBUTE1 through PRICING_ATTRIBUTE100.

9. In the Value Set field, enter a predefined value set to establish possible values for selection when entering pricing attribute values.

Warning: Segment 1-30 of each context are reserved for future use. Prefix the contexts and segment names with unique short name to avoid contention with seeded attributes in the future upgrades. All numeric and date qualifier or pricing attributes must have a valid value set attached, otherwise the attribute values will be treated as VARCHAR2.

Note: Each segment number in the item hierarchy (seeded item context) has a default precedence number that is used by the pricing engine to determine which price or modifier to select if there are multiple prices, incompatible price adjustments, benefits or eligible charges to be applied to a request line The pricing engine selects the price or modifier that is qualified with the lowest precedence (the most specific). For a listing of predefined precedence numbers for seeded pricing contexts, see Appendix A.

■ The default precedence number for pricing attributes can be updated when assigning pricing attributes to price list lines. See: Oracle Advanced Pricing, Price Lists.

■ The default precedence number for pricing attributes can be updated when assigning pricing attributes to modifier lists and modifier list lines. See: Oracle Advanced Pricing, Modifiers.

2-16 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 55: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Setup Steps

10. Save your work.

Context: You need to perform this step for each pricing attribute you may wish to add.

Step 4.Attribute SourcingDefault: Predefined Oracle Advanced Pricing Attribute default sourcing rules.

For a listing of predefined pricing attribute contexts, see Appendix A.

For a listing of predefined qualifier contexts, see Appendix B.

This step is required if you have defined any additional qualifiers or pricing attributes in steps 1 and 2, or you wish to change the defaulting source that has been seeded for a seeded qualifier or pricing attribute. Oracle provides predefined sourcing rules for attribute mapping, both for qualifiers and pricing contexts, to allow users a list of values when selecting eligibility criteria.

Qualifier and pricing attribute sourcing is required in order to supply a value for a qualifier or non-user enterable pricing attribute before pricing a transaction. A sourcing rule is setup to derive the value for the qualifier or pricing attribute from the transaction itself or from another attribute of the transaction, e.g. customer class can be derived from the customer on the order. In this way, attribute sourcing builds additional information about a transaction that could potentially be used to qualify for or derive a price, benefit or charge for, the transaction. In addition, attribute sourcing includes powerful validation rules which allow you to configure sourcing

Note: When entering Value Sets for the Pricing Context, you must enter values sets that use Value Validation of Validation type:

■ Independent

■ None

■ Table

Warning: You must also create a default sourcing rule for each pricing attribute that you define since the pricing engine uses sourcing rules to pricing attribute values. Ensure that you perform setup Step 4 for each pricing attribute you define.

Setting Up 2-17

Page 56: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Setup Steps

to conditionally source qualifiers and pricing attributes according to your business needs.

See: Oracle Advanced Pricing, Default Attribute Sourcing Rules.

Step 5.1 Units Of MeasureDefault: None

You must define units of measure in order to utilize Oracle Advanced Pricing. You should define the units of measure in which you supply items.

This step is required if you wish to:

■ Price or discount items.

You must define a unit of measure class and units of measure to represent your non-monetary accruals, for example, Points. The profile option QP: Accrual UOM Class should be set to the unit of measure class that you define.

■ Give non-monetary accruals as benefits.

You must define a unit of measure class and units of measure to represent your non-monetary accruals, for example, Points. The profile option QP: Accrual UOM Class should be set to the unit of measure class that you define.

■ Define qualifier rules which include the seeded qualifiers Line Volume or Line Weight.

You should define the units of measure in which you supply items.

Context: You may not need to perform this step if you have already installed and set up Oracle Inventory or performed this common-applications setup for another Oracle Product.

See: Oracle Inventory User’s Guide, Defining Unit of Measure.

Step 5.2 Define Unit of Measure ConversionsDefault: None

You need to define the conversion rates between the base unit of measure and other units of measure within a UOM class if you want to be able to price and discount an item in units of measure other than its primary unit of measure. Oracle Advanced Pricing uses these conversions to automatically convert transaction quantities to the primary pricing unit of measure defined on the price list when Oracle Advanced Pricing cannot find a price in the transaction unit of measure. In addition, all price

2-18 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 57: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Setup Steps

adjustments, benefits, and charges need to be defined in the same unit of measure as the unit of measure used on the price list.

Context: You may not need to perform this step if you have already installed and set up Oracle Inventory or performed this common-applications setup for another Oracle product.

See: Oracle Inventory User’s Guide, Defining Unit of Measure Classes.

Step 6. Define Item Category sets and Item CategoriesDefault: Seeded category set Inv.Items, and associated default seeded category code combination MISC.MISC.

You can utilize only the standard predefined Item Categories context flexfield structure defined for the Item Categories Key flexfield within this release of Oracle Advanced Pricing. You can, however, change the default category code combination for the seeded Inventory category.

If you do not plan on utilizing Oracle Category functionality for associated price or benefits, you can skip this step.

You must design and define any item categories and category sets that you wish to price and discount by. These categories and category sets should be defined for the standard seeded Item Categories flexfield structure. Oracle Advanced Pricing will not consider any new structures that you setup for your Item Categories Flexfield.

See: Oracle Inventory User’s Guide, Defining Category Sets and Categories.

See also: Oracle Application Flexfields User’s Guide, Key Flexfields in Oracle Applications, Item Categories Flexfield.

Context: You may not need to perform this step if you have already installed and set up Oracle Inventory or performed this common-applications setup for another Oracle product. If you do not plan on utilizing Oracle Category functionality for associated price or benefits, you can skip this step.

Step 7. Inventory Organization SetupDefault: None

You must define at least one item validation organization in Oracle Inventory. This is the organization that items are validated and viewed against when entering items in the Price List and Modifier Setup forms.

See: Oracle Inventory User’s Guide, Setting Up Oracle Inventory.

Setting Up 2-19

Page 58: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Setup Steps

Context: You may not need to perform this step if you have already installed and set up Oracle Inventory or performed a common-applications setup.

Step 8. Defining Item InformationDefault: None

Only items that have been defined to Oracle will be considered eligible for price or benefits.

Define the items that you wish to price and discount and assign them to the validation organization/s defined in step 7. You may not need to perform this step if you have already installed and set up Oracle Inventory or performed a common-applications setup. If you wish to define qualifier rules which include the seeded qualifiers Line Volume or Line Weight you must set the volume and/or weight attributes of each item as this is used by attribute sourcing to derive the transaction line weight or volume.

See: Oracle Inventory User’s Guide, Items.

Context: You may not need to perform this step if you have already installed and set up Oracle Inventory or performed this common-applications setup for another Oracle product.

Step 9. Create Item RelationshipsDefault: None

This step is required if you wish to give item upgrade benefits. You must define a Promotional Upgrade item relationship from the ordered item to the item you wish to give as an upgrade. You should define your item relationships for the item validation organization.

Set up promotional upgrade items as follows:

■ The ordered item and the promotional item need to have the same base unit of measure and unit of measure conversions.

■ The modifier unit of measure and the pricing unit of measure on the order line need to be the same.

If those entities are not the same, the substitution can fail

Step 10. Define Pricing LookupsDefault: Lookup Type Dependent

2-20 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 59: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Setup Steps

Lookup Codes supply many of the lists of values in Oracle Advanced Pricing. For a listing of predefined Lookup Types and associated lookup values, see Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide, Appendix C.

You only need to define additional values for these types if required. Lookup Code Values are the valid entries that appear in the list of values. They make choosing information quick and easy, and they ensure that users enter only valid data into Oracle Advanced Pricing. You can add new Lookup Value at any time. You can set the Enable Flag for a Value to No, so that it will no longer appear in the list of values, or you can use the Start and End Dates to control when a value will appear in a list.

Suggestion: You should use Start and End Dates to control when values appear in a list.

The following table displays some of the Oracle Advanced Pricing lookup codes.

Step 11. Order Management LookupsDefault: Lookup type Dependent

For a list of valid default values for these lookups please refer to Oracle Order Management User’s Guide, Appendix Lookups.

Lookup Type Lookup Description

Define Incompatibility Groups

Add additional Incompatibility Groups if you require greater than three levels of incompatibility in a pricing phase. Note: only the seeded EXCL - Exclusive group is treated as incompatible with All.

Define Pricing Group Sequences

(Pricing Buckets)

Add additional pricing group sequences / buckets if you require further subtotals or cascading of modifiers. Pricing Group Sequence “0” is reserved for base price calculation.

Define Agreement Types Add additional Agreement Types according to your business needs for categorization of agreements.

Define Request Types You will need to define a new Request Type to identify your transaction application if you are integrating Oracle Advanced Pricing with an application other than Oracle Order Management.

Define Source System Code

You should define a new Source System Code if the source of the pricing data is any application other than Oracle Advanced Pricing. This Source System Code will be used to identify the origin of the data, and can be used to control pricing.

Setting Up 2-21

Page 60: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Setup Steps

The following table displays some of the Oracle Order Management lookup codes.

Context: You may not need to perform this step if you have already installed and set up Oracle Order Management or performed a common-applications setup.

Step 12. Shipping LookupsDefault: Lookup type Dependent

For a list of valid default values for these lookups please refer to Oracle Shipping User’s Guide.

Context: You may not need to perform this step if you have already installed and set up Oracle Order Management or performed a common-applications setup.

Step 13.1 Setup Customer ClassDefault: None

Required if you price, give benefits or charge by Customer Class

See: Oracle Receivables User’s Guide, Defining Lookups.

Context: You may not need to perform this step if you have already installed and set up Oracle Receivables or performed a common-applications setup.

Lookup Type Lookup Description

Define Sales Channel

Required if you price, give benefits or charge by Sales Channel

Define Order Categories

Required if you price, give benefits or charge by Order Category

Define Line Categories

Required if you price, give benefits or charge by Order Line Category.

Define Order Sources

Required if you price, give benefits or charge by Order Line Category.

Define Shipment Priorities

Required if you price, give benefits or charge by Shipment Priority

Define Ship methods Required if you price, give benefits, including upgrading the Shipping Method, or charge by Shipment Method

2-22 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 61: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Setup Steps

Step 13.2 Setup Profile ClassesDefault: None

Required if you price, give benefits or charge by Customer Account Type.

See: Oracle Receivables User’s Guide, Profile Classes.

Context: You may not need to perform this step if you have already installed and set up Oracle Receivables or performed a common-applications setup.

Step 13.3 Define CustomersDefault: None

Required if you price, give benefits or charge by Customer.

See: Oracle Receivables User’s Guide, Defining Customers.

Context: You may not need to perform this step if you have already installed and set up Oracle Receivables or performed a common-applications setup.

Step 13.4 Define Customer SitesDefault: None

Required if you price, give benefits or charge by Customer Site.

See: Oracle Receivables User’s Guide, Defining Customer Sites.

Context: You may not need to perform this step if you have already installed and set up Oracle Receivables or performed a common-applications setup.

Step 14. Order TypesDefault: None

Required if you price, give benefits or charge by Order Type.

See: Oracle Order Management User’s Guide, Defining Order Types.

Context: You may not need to perform this step if you have already installed and set up Oracle Order Management or performed a common-applications setup.

Step 15. Line TypesDefault: None

Required if you price, give benefits, or charge by Order Line Type.

See: Oracle Order Management Use’s Guide, Defining Order Line Types.

Setting Up 2-23

Page 62: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Setup Steps

Context: You may not need to perform this step if you have already installed and set up Oracle Order Management or performed a common-applications setup.

Step 16. Freight TermsDefault: None

Required if you price, give benefits, including upgrading Freight Terms, or charge by Freight Terms.

See: Oracle Order Management User’s Guide, Defining Freight Terms.

Context: You may not need to perform this step if you have already installed and set up Oracle Order Management or performed a common-applications setup.

Step 17. Freight Cost TypesDefault: None

Required if you price, give benefits or calculate charges using Freight Cost Types.

See: Oracle Order Management User’s Guide, Freight Cost Types.

Context: You may not need to perform this step if you have already installed and set up Oracle Receivables or performed a common-applications setup.

Step 18. Payment TermsDefault: None

Required if you price, give benefits (including upgrading Payment Terms), or charge by Payment Terms.

See: Oracle Receivables User’s Guide, Defining Payment Terms.

Context: You may not need to perform this step if you have already installed and set up Oracle Receivables or performed a common-applications setup.

Step 19. Enable CurrenciesDefault: All major currencies predefined with Oracle Applications

This is a task for your System Administrator. The codes used are the ISO standard codes for currencies. However, you must enable the specific currencies you want to use on your price and modifier lists.

See: Oracle General Ledger User’s Guide, Currencies.

2-24 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 63: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Setup Steps

Context: You may not need to perform this step if you have already installed and set up Oracle General Ledger or performed a common-applications setup.

Step 20. System SourcingDefault: Predefined Oracle Advanced Pricing record.

This step is required if either of the following exists:

■ Your pricing data application source is anything other than Oracle Advanced Pricing.

■ You are integrating Oracle Advanced Pricing with an application other than Oracle Order Management.

The pricing engine uses the request type to source system mapping you define to determine the source or sources of pricing data that should be used to price a particular type of transaction. The request type is used to identify the type of transaction being priced, e.g. a contract. Whenever the pricing engine prices a request the request must be stamped with the request type so the pricing engine can identify the type of transaction. The source system is recorded on all price and modifier lists and is used to identify which application created this pricing data, e.g. iMarketing.

Use the Source System mapping form to control which pricing data is used to price which type of transactions.

Context: You need to perform this step for each Source System you wish to map to a Request Type.

Warning: Please note that changes in system source code - Request type mapping can affect the behavior of pricing engine severely if done improperly.

Note: When pricing a contract, look at price and modifier Lists created by the contracts application. In this case the Request Type Contract would be mapped to the Source System Oracle Contracts.

When pricing an order, look at pricing data created through Oracle Advanced Pricing and my legacy system System XYZ. In this case the Request Type ONT: Oracle Order Management would be mapped to Source

Setting Up 2-25

Page 64: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Setup Steps

To define a new Source System mapping:1. Navigate to the Source Systems window.

Figure 2–5 Source Systems

2. In the Request Type field, select a previously defined Request Type.

3. In the Source Systems field, select a previously defined Source System code.

4. Save your work.

Step 21. Event PhasesDefault: Seeded Oracle Advanced Pricing Phases

This step is required if you need to create additional pricing phases or change the seeded pricing phases. You may want to do this for different reasons:

■ Your pricing requires certain types of benefits etc. to be applied at a particular point or event in the transaction process flow.

■ The method of resolving incompatibility for a seeded phase needs to be changed to meet your current business pricing policies.

Pricing Events and Pricing Phases allow you to configure pricing to price your transaction when your application process flow requires pricing to occur, and define what specific pricing data should be considered for application to the request at that

2-26 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 65: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Setup Steps

point in your transaction process flow. Effectively you can break up the pricing of your transaction rather than having to price the whole transaction at once.

A pricing event is a point in the lifecycle of your transaction at which you wish to price the transaction, or certain transaction lines, and/or apply price adjustments, benefits or charges to the whole transaction or specific transaction lines.

The following diagram shows the transaction flow of events from initial line entry, subsequent line entry, line save, order save, and shipping. Each of these events calls modifiers which are grouped in phases.

After the diagram, the text explains all of the predefined events and the modifier phases to which they are assigned.

Figure 2–6 Phase Events overview

A pricing phase controls what modifiers are considered by the search engine and in what sequence they should be applied to the request. The attributes of a pricing phase allow you to control which modifiers can be placed in a phase. When you assign a modifier to a pricing phase, (see Modifiers chapter) the Modifier Setup form matches the attributes of the modifier to the attributes of the available pricing

Setting Up 2-27

Page 66: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Setup Steps

phases to validate which pricing phase or phases a modifier can be placed in. A Modifier can only be assigned to one Phase.

Oracle pricing includes some seeded pricing phases and events that have been designed to price an order in Oracle Order Management. The following describes some of the Event - Phase Mapping to illustrate the Pricing Event - Phase concept.

A number of pricing events have been predefined in Oracle Advanced Pricing to price an order when it is entered on-line.

1. Fetch List Price

The pricing engine is called to display the base price for an order line as the user enters the item and quantity on the line. This event is only mapped to Phase 0: List Line Base Price. Hence, the pricing engine only returns the base price for the line.

2. Enter Order Line

The pricing engine is called to apply line level modifiers as the user completes the entry of an order line.

At this stage in the order entry process, each order line is being priced and discounted individually without consideration for other lines entered on the order. Therefore, to increase performance processing, the pricing engine will not look at modifiers or charges which are qualified by other lines on the order. Hence, any phases mapped to this event should include line level modifiers only. To ensure that this is the case, the level on the seeded phases mapped to this event, have been set to Line.

3. Save Order

As the order is saved, all lines on the transaction should be priced together so that, for example, quantities on order lines which give rise to a discount on another order line may be considered, and also, header level adjustments may be applied.

This event has been mapped to Phase 30: All Lines Adjustments. Phase 30 has been seeded to include all modifier types which can consider related order lines as qualification for a discount.

■ Modifier Type - Other Item Discount

Note: All Price Lists are automatically placed in the seeded Phase 0. List Line Base Price and cannot be assigned to any other Phase.

2-28 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 67: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Setup Steps

■ Modifier Type - Promotional Goods

■ Modifier Type - Price Break

or consider volumes across the order for qualification.

■ Modifier Level - Linegroup

All header level adjustments and benefits should also be applied to the order at this point. Hence, Phase 40: Header Level Adjustments has been included in this pricing event. This has been seeded with a level of Order to ensure that only Order Level modifiers are assigned to this phase. Similarly, header level charges are also applied to the order at this point. Therefore this event has been mapped to Phase 70: Header Level Charges. This phase has been seeded with a level HEADER and a List Type of Charges so that only modifiers on a Charge List can be included in this phase.

4. Enter Shipments:

As the order shipments are created the pricing engine is called to apply any freight or special charges to the order which have been setup to use the actual shipping costs as a basis for calculating freight. This event is mapped to 50: Line level Charges.

5. Batch Event:

As well as on-line pricing events, a pricing event has been created to price an order when it is processed in batch. In this case the entire order is priced at once.

The batch event is mapped to all of the pricing phases that are executed during on-line entry of an order, but all phases are executed in one event as there is no need to consider the user interface.

6. Reprice Lines:

REPRICE_LINE is an event which user can plug into the work flow activity in Oracle Order Management. It has been seeded in Oracle Advanced Pricing to take place after the order is shipped, but before the order is invoiced. This event

Note: These types of Modifiers should always be placed in a phase that is executed when the whole transaction is being priced rather than individual lines on the transaction, otherwise related lines and additional volumes will not be considered and hence the discount may not be given.

Setting Up 2-29

Page 68: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Setup Steps

is going to take place after the SHIP event. A user could set this up to run any time during the workflow. This event always passes just one order line that is being worked on to the engine. That means any order level/line group kind of discounts can not be given in this event.

To enter new event phases:1. Navigate to the Event Phases window.

Figure 2–7 Event Phases

2. In the Sequence field, enter a sequence number for the phase. The pricing engine uses the sequence number to prioritize the order that multiple phases are run for an event; for example, sequence number 1 is called before sequence 2.

Note: if you create any new pricing phases you should assign these to the appropriate on line pricing event and the batch event otherwise orders entered on line could be priced differently to those entered in batch.

2-30 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 69: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Setup Steps

3. In the Name field, enter a name for the phase. It is helpful to provide a descriptive name that describes the timing and contents of the phase.

When assigning a phase to a modifier in the Modifier Setup window, you select the name of the phase you want associated with the modifier. For more information on modifiers, see Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide, Modifiers Chapter.

4. The check boxes at the top of the Event Phases window provide display-only information about the selected phase. These values cannot be changed. For example, if a seeded phase is selected, then the Seeded check box is enabled but cannot be updated. The following table describes the features of the listed check boxes:

5. In the Level field, enter a modifier level to restrict the modifiers in a particular phase to a particular modifier level such as Line, Line group, or Order.

6. In the List Type field, enter a list type to restrict modifiers in a phase to a modifier list type such asa Discount, Charges, and Promotion.

In the Seeded and User regions:

In the Seeded and User regions, you can set up information such as freeze overrides and incompatibility codes that help you resolve incompatibility issues for multiple phases:

Check box Name

If check box is enabled, then:

If check box is not enabled, then:

Seeded The selected phase is a seeded system value and not created by the user.

The phase is user created and not a seeded value.

OID Exists Other Item Discounts (OID) exist for a modifier with this phase.

No Other Item Discounts (OID) exist for a modifier with this phase.

Line Group Exists

Group of Lines is the selected level for a modifier with this phase.

Group of Lines is not selected for a modifier with this phase.

Additional Buy Products Exist for PRG

Additional buy products are selected for a modifier with this phase.

Additional buy products are not selected for a modifier with this phase.

Setting Up 2-31

Page 70: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Setup Steps

■ In the Seeded region: For seeded phases, view-only information displays in the Seeded section and cannot be updated.

■ In the User region: For non-seeded phases, you can update following data:

Enable the Freeze Override Flag check box to provide additional control over freezing lines on your transaction for a given phase. When pricing a request, it is possible to flag your transaction lines as follows:

■ Y - Calculate Price: Apply all prices and modifiers to the request line.

■ N - Freeze Price: Do not apply any prices or modifiers to the request line.

■ P - Partial Price: Only apply price or modifiers in certain phases.

For example, if the calculate price sent from the calling application on the request line is P (Partial Price), the pricing engine looks at this Freeze Override Flag on the Phase. If it is enabled, then the pricing engine applies eligible modifiers in this phase to the request line; if it is not enabled, then modifiers in this phase are not applied against the request line.

7. In the Incompatibility Resolve Code field, select a code for the pricing phase. The incompatibility code determines which modifier is applied if multiple modifiers in the same exclusivity or incompatibility group are applied to the same pricing request line.

■ Best Price: The modifier that gives the lowest price (most advantageous) to the customer on the given pricing request line is applied.

■ Precedence: The modifier with the lowest precedence (the highest priority) on the given pricing request line is applied

8. In the Pricing Event field, select a required value for the pricing event you are linking to the phase. Multiple pricing events may be entered for a single phase. Valid values are:

■ Batch

■ Book

■ Order

■ Line

■ Price

■ Ship

9. Enter a start date to specify when you want the event to use the pricing phase (Optional).

2-32 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 71: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Setup Steps

10. Enter an end date to specify when you want the event to stop using the pricing phase (Optional).

11. Select Yes or No in the Search Flag field:

The pricing engine uses the Search Flag to decide whether to perform a search for price or modifier lists in addition to any that the calling application has requested. This should only be set to No when the calling application already knows which price and modifier lists it wishes to use to price the request. In this case, the pricing engine uses the price lists that are passed and does not try to find any other price lists.

For example, if a number of discounts have been negotiated and recorded on the customer’s service contract and a discount is applied to the service order, the application already knows which discount list should be used to price the order.

Context: You need to perform this step for each new Pricing Phase you want to add.

Step 22.Profile OptionsSee: Setting up Oracle Advanced Pricing, Profile Options.

Note: This feature can be used to enhance the performance of the pricing engine in cases like those just described. It should only be set to No in these circumstances, in all other cases the Search Flag should be Yes. Setting this flag to No if your calling application does not pass all required pricing information will mean that prices and modifiers may not be applied to the transaction.

Setting Up 2-33

Page 72: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Profile Options

Profile OptionsDuring implementation, you set a value for each user profile option to specify how Oracle Advanced Pricing controls access to and processes data. Generally, the system administrator sets and updates profile values. For more information, see: Oracle Applications System Administrator’s Guide, Setting User Profile Options.

Setup Profile Options SummaryThe following table indicates whether you (User column) can view and update each profile option and indicates the System Administrator (Sys Admin) levels that can update each profile option: User (Sys Admin User column), Responsibility (Sys Admin Resp column), Application (Sys Admin App column), or Site (Sys Admin Site column). The following marks in each of these columns indicate the permissions:

■ View & Update: You can view and update the profile option.

■ View: You can view the profile option.

■ No access: You can neither view nor update the profile option.

Second, it indicates if the profile option is required or optional (Required column). If the cell indicates Required, you must provide a value; if the cell indicates Optional, you do not need to provide a value.

Third, it indicates the default value for each profile option (Default Value column); you only need to change its value you do not want to use the default value. The phrase No Default indicates that there is no default value for the profile option; it does not indicate that there is a default of value No.

After the table, the text describes the meaning of each prfile option.

Table 2–1 Profile Options

Profile Option User

Sys Admin User

Sys Admin Resp

Sys AdminApp

Sys Admin Site Required

Default Value

QP: Accrual UOM Class View No access

No access

View & Update

View & Update

Optional No Default

QP: Blind Discount Option View No access

No access

View & Update

View & Update

Required Yes

QP: Cross Order Volume Period 1 View No access

No access

View & Update

View & Update

Required No Default

2-34 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 73: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Profile Options

QP: Accrual UOM ClassDefault Value: None

QP: Cross Order Volume Period 2 View No access

No access

View & Update

View & Update

Required No Default

QP: Cross Order Volume Period 3 View No access

No access

View & Update

View & Update

Required No Default

QP: Get Custom Price Customized

No access

No access

No access

No access

View & Update

Required No

QP: Insert Formula Step Values into Temp Table

No access

View View View View & Update

Required Yes

QP: Item Validation Organization View No access

View & Update

No access

View & Update

Required No Default

QP: Limit Exceed Action View View View & Update

View View & Update

Optional Yes

QP: Line Volume UOM Code View No access

No access

View & Update

View & Update

Optional No Default

QP: Line Weight UOM Code View No access

No access

View & Update

View & Update

Optional No

QP: Negative Pricing View No access

No access

View & Update

View & Update

Required No Default

QP: Promotional Limits Installed No access

View View & Update

View View Required Yes

QP: Return Manual Discounts View & Update

View & Update

View & Update

View & Update

View & Update

Optional Yes

QP: Source System Code No access

No access

No access

View & Update

View & Update

Required No Default

QP: Unit Price Precision Type No access

No access

No access

View & Update

View & Update

Required Standard

QP: Valueset Lookup Filter View & Update

View & Update

View & Update

View & Update

View & Update

Optional Yes

QP: Verify GSA No access

No access

No access

No access

View & Update

Required No

Profile Option User

Sys Admin User

Sys Admin Resp

Sys AdminApp

Sys Admin Site Required

Default Value

Setting Up 2-35

Page 74: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Profile Options

This is required if you business gives non-monetary accruals as benefits.

Specifies the unit of measure class to be used for defining accrual units of measure. The Modifier Setup window displays all units of measure in this class when entering the Benefit UOM for an accrual.

The possible values for this profile option are all UOM classes defined to Oracle Applications.

This profile option is visible and updateable at the site and application levels.

QP: Blind Discount OptionDefault Value: Yes

The default value for this profile option should only be changed if you never define blind discounts.

Used for tuning purposes. If you never define blind discounts, set this profile option to No to bypass part of the search engine processing. A blind discount is a modifier that has:

■ No List Qualifiers on the Modifier List Header and

■ No Line Qualifiers on the Modifier and

■ No Products or Pricing Attributes

The possible values for this profile option are:

■ Yes: Blind Discounts are enabled.

■ No: Blind Discounts are disabled, that is, Bypass Blind Discount processing in Search Engine.

This profile option is visible and updateable at the site and application levels.

QP: Cross Order Volume Period 1Default Value: None

This is required if you will be running the cross order volume load program. This defines the number of days of order lines that the load program will accumulate

Note: If your business needs to define blind discount modifiers, make sure that this profile option is set to Yes. Otherwise these Modifiers will not be selected by the Search Engine

2-36 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 75: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Profile Options

and total. This value must not be the same as the value in QP: Cross Order Volume Period 2 or QP: Cross Order Volume Period 3.

The unit of measure of this profile option is days.

This profile option is visible and updateable at the site and application level.

QP: Cross Order Volume Period 2Default Value: None

This is required if you will be running the cross order volume load program. This defines the number of days of order lines that the load program will accumulate and total. This value must not be the same as the value in QP: Cross Order Volume Period 1 or QP: Cross Order Volume Period 3.

The unit of measure of this profile option is days.

This profile option is visible and updateable at the site level.

QP: Cross Order Volume Period 3Default Value: None

This is required if you will be running the cross order volume load program. This defines the number of days of order lines that the load program will accumulate and total. This value must not be the same as the value in QP: Cross Order Volume Period 1 or QP: Cross Order Volume Period 2.

The unit of measure of this profile option is days.

This profile option is visible and updateable at the site level.

QP: Get Custom Price CustomizedDefault Value: No

Indicates if, when processing formulas, the pricing engine evaluates the line type Function. If your organization wants to use this formula line type, you need to:

■ Customize the GET_CUSTOM_PRICE function

■ Set this profile option to Yes.

If the pricing engine evaluates custom code within the GET_CUSTOM_PRICE function and the profile option is No, the formula calculation fails, and the calling application processes the failure.

The possible values for this profile option are:

Setting Up 2-37

Page 76: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Profile Options

■ Yes: When processing formulas, the pricing engine evaluates the line type Function.

■ No: When processing formulas, the pricing engine does not evaluate the line type Function.

This profile option is updateable at the site level only.

QP: Insert Formula Step Values into Temp TableDefault Value: No

The possible values are Yes and No. If this profile option is set to Yes, the step values of each formula attached to a price list line is evaluated by the Pricing Engine and inserted into the temporary table QP_FORMULA_STEP_VALUES_TMP. This can be referenced by customized code.

The following values are listed in the table: PRICE_FORMULA_ID, STEP_NUMBER, COMPONENT_VALUE, PRICE_FORMULA_LINE_TYPE_CODE, LINE_INDEX, LIST_LINE_TYPE_CODE, LIST_HEADER_ID, LIST_LINE_ID.

This profile option can be set only at the Site level using the System Administrator responsibility.

QP: Item Validation OrganizationDefault Value: None

Set this to an organization at the level in your organization hierarchy at which you set prices for items.

Indicates the Oracle Manufacturing organization that items are validated and viewed against when entering items in the Price List or Modifier windows.

Set the QP: Item Validation Organization profile, by site or responsibility, to an organization at the level in your organization hierarchy at which you set prices for items.

The possible values for this profile option are all inventory master organizations currently defined.

This profile option is visible and updateable at the site and responsibility levels.

QP: Limit Exceed ActionDefault Value: Soft--Adjusted Benefit Amount

2-38 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 77: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Profile Options

This profile option defines the default action codes for promotion and modifier limits. It specifies the action for the pricing engine if a pricing request exceeds a promotional limit.

This profile option is based on the lookup type Limit Exceed Action. The possible values for this profile option are:

■ Soft--Full Benefit Amount: Applies the full benefit to the order even if the transaction exceeds the defined limit.

■ Hard--Adjust Benefit Amount: Adjusts the order benefit amount so that the order meets but does not exceed the promotional limit. A status message is sent to the calling application such as Order Management to place a promotional hold on the order.

This profile option is visible and can be updated at the site and System Administrator responsibility levels.

QP: Line Volume UOM CodeDefault Value: None

This is required if your business needs to define qualifier rules which include the seeded qualifier Line Volume

Specifies the unit of measure of the Line Volume Qualifier. The attribute sourcing API converts the item on the Request Line to its primary UOM, and then uses the volume attributes of the item to derive the Line Volume of the item in the UOM specified in this profile option.

The possible values for this profile option are all units of measure currently defined.

This profile option is visible and updateable at the site and application levels.

QP: Line Weight UOM CodeDefault Value: None

This is required if your business needs to define qualifier rules which include the seeded qualifier Line Weight.

Specifies the unit of measure of the Line Weight Qualifier. The attribute sourcing api converts the item on the Request Line to its primary UOM, and then uses the weight attributes of the item to derive the Line Weight of the item in the UOM specified in this profile option.

The possible values for this profile option are all units of measure currently defined.

Setting Up 2-39

Page 78: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Profile Options

This profile option is visible and updateable at the site and application levels.

QP: Negative PricingDefault Value: No

The default value should only be changed if your business needs to define a negative price on a price list line. Controls whether a negative price can be entered in the Price List Setup U.I.

The possible values for this profile option are:

■ Yes: Allow a negative price to be entered.

■ No: Do not allow a negative price to be entered.

This profile option is visible and updateable at the site and application levels.QP: Promotional Limits Installed.

QP: Promotional Limits InstalledDefault Value: No

This profile option activates the promotional limits feature in Oracle Advanced Pricing to enable users to manage promotional limits and related functions. The initial default value is N for No which means the limit feature is not active. The System Administrator must change this value to Y for Yes to be able to use limits. Only the System Administrator can change the value of this profile at site level only. Other users can view the profile only.

■ Yes: Enables the promotional limits features to be used.

■ No: Disables the promotional limits features.

QP: Return Manual DiscountsDefault Value: Yes

Indicates how the pricing engine should perform incompatibility processing for manual discounts.

The possible values for this profile option are:

Warning: Once the QP: Promotional Limits Installed profile option is enabled, leave the promotional limits active with the value of Y. Do not disable the QP: Promotional Limits Installed profile option once it has been enabled!

2-40 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 79: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Profile Options

■ Yes: All the manual discounts will be returned. All the automatic discounts that get deleted as part of incompatibility processing will be returned as manual discounts.

■ No: All automatic and manual discounts will go through incompatibility processing and one of them in each incompatibility group will be returned. In this process an automatic discount might get deleted and a manual discount might get selected.

Discounts (automatic or manual) deleted as part of incompatibility processing will not be returned as manual discounts.

This profile option is visible and updateable at the site, application, responsibility, and user levels.

QP: Source System CodeDefault Value: QP: Oracle Pricing

Used in all setup windows to identify the application through which the pricing information is being entered. This Source System code is held on all Price and Modifier Lists to identify the origin of the data. At the time of pricing, the pricing engine may restrict its search to pricing information which originated from a particular application depending on the Request Type to Source System Setup.

No specific set-up is required if you do not want to differentiate between applications or prevent update of modifiers created by different applications because all the modifiers are created with same value for source system code (assuming the value of this profile is set only at site level by default or same value if set for all applications which create modifiers).

By default, the value of the profile option QP_SOURCE_SYSTEM_CODE is QP (Oracle Pricing) at the Site level. However, to differentiate between applications and prevent update of modifiers among several applications, the value of this profile can be set up at the Application level.

If modifiers are created in different applications such as Oracle Advanced Pricing, Order Management or Trade Management, then changes to the modifier can only be made in the application that the modifier was originally created. These changes include changes to the modifier header (as delete is already prevented) or changes

Note: If the value is set at both the Application and Site level, then the value at the Application level takes precedence.

Setting Up 2-41

Page 80: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Profile Options

such as inserting, updating, or deleting modifier lines, pricing attributes, and qualifiers.

The following example describes the customer requirements and proposed profile option set up:

■ Modifiers created by Trade Management application can only be changed by Trade Management

■ Modifiers created by Oracle Pricing and Order Management applications can interchangeably update them but not other applications

■ All other applications can update the modifiers of other applications except Trade Management, Oracle Pricing and Order Management

To accommodate these requirements, the value of the profile QP_SOURCE_SYSTEM_CODE is set up as follows:

■ Site level: QP (default)

■ Trade Management: XXX

■ Oracle Pricing: YYY

■ Order Management: YYY (same as Oracle Pricing)

The default value for the source system code should only be changed if your pricing data source is not Oracle Advanced Pricing. Set this to the Source System Lookup Code of the application which is interfacing the pricing data

The possible values for this profile option are:

■ QP: Oracle Pricing

■ The source system lookup code of the source of your pricing data

This profile option is updateable at the site and responsibility levels.

QP: Unit Price Precision TypeDefault Value: Standard

Note: Set the QP: Source System Code Profile to the Source System Lookup Code of the application from which the QP Setup or other application setup U.Is are being called

2-42 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 81: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Profile Options

This profile option determines the value for the rounding factor which is defaulted on the Price List. The rounding factor is limited by the number of positions allowed in the standard or extended precision format of the price list currency.

The possible values for this profile option are:

■ Extended: Rounding Factor is defaulted to the currencies extended precision

■ Standard: Rounding Factor is defaulted to the currencies standard precision

This profile option is updateable at the site and application levels.

QP: Valueset Lookup FilterDefault Value: Yes

Use this profile option to enable or disable a search criteria window for qualifier value lookups in qualifiers, price lists, and modifiers. Some qualifiers use large valusets, for example, those based on all customers, and searches may take a long time. If you want to reduce the number of items that display in the list of values, you can enter search criteria. If you do not enter search criteria and click the list of values indicator for the fields Value From or Value To, you see a window which advises that you have not entered search criteria and that the search may take a long time.

The possible values for this profile option are:

■ Yes: The message displays.

■ No: The message does not display. Use this value is you do not expect to have large qualifier valuesets and do not need to enter search criteria to reduce the display.

This profile option is visible and updateable at the site, application, responsibility, and user levels.

QP: Verify GSADefault Value: No

Change the default value to Yes if your business requires GSA pricing functionality

Indicates whether the pricing calculation engine should test for GSA violations. The evaluation is performed if a request is for a non-GSA customer, and GSA rules are violated if the selling price of an item is calculated to be less than the price of the item on any GSA price list.

The possible values for this profile option are:

Setting Up 2-43

Page 82: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Profile Options

■ Yes: Pricing Calculation engine tests for GSA violations, any violating request lines are returned to the calling application with a status of GSA violation.

■ No: Do not test for GSA violations.

This profile option is updateable at the site level.

2-44 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 83: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating Pricing Qualifier G

3

Creating Pricing Qualifier Groups

This chapter describes how to create, query, delete, and modify qualifier groups and provides the basic framework for using qualifiers within qualifier groups. Qualifier groups are created using previously setup qualifier contexts and attributes.

Oracle provides basic seeded qualifier contexts and attributes. Qualifier values for these predefined attributes are sourced from the Oracle Application database whenever applicable. For more information, see: Appendix B, Qualifier Seed Data.

You can also choose to setup qualifier context/attributes to suite your own business needs to determine eligibility for benefits or price. See Setting Up Oracle Advanced Pricing; Qualifiers Section.

The following topics are included:

■ Overview of Oracle Advanced Pricing Qualifiers on page 3-2

■ Creating a Qualifier Group on page 3-7

■ Querying a Qualifier Group on page 3-11

■ Modifying or Deleting Qualifier Groups on page 3-12

■ Using Qualifiers with Price Lists on page 3-12

■ Using Qualifiers with Modifiers on page 3-12

roups 3-1

Page 84: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Oracle Advanced Pricing Qualifiers

Overview of Oracle Advanced Pricing QualifiersOracle Advanced Pricing lets you define qualifiers to determine eligibility rules governing who can receive a particular price, discount, promotion, or benefit. Qualifiers and qualifier groups can then be linked to Oracle Price Lists and Modifiers. The following is a list of qualifier terms:

Qualifier ContextsQualifier contexts are referred to as flattened hierarchies and a are a way of grouping similar qualifying attributes in the qualifier flexfield and indicating the specificity by the flexfield sequence (precedence).

QualifiersQualifiers are specific attributes that assist Oracle Advanced Pricing with limiting the who for benefit or price eligibility.

Qualifier ValueA qualifier value is a value you chose to associate a qualifier attribute.

Using QualifiersThe following table illustrates the various levels of where qualifiers or qualifier groups can be associated with Oracle Price Lists and Modifiers.

There are various methods qualifiers can be associated with Price Lists or Modifiers:

1. Create qualifier groups using qualifier groups form and then attach the qualifier group to the price list, modifier list, or modifier list line.

2. Create qualifier(s), and then attach individual qualifiers within the Price List or Modifiers screen.

3. Any combination of method 1 and 2.

Table 3–1 Qualifier Associations

Functional Area Association Level

Price List Price List

Modifier Modifier List, Modifier List Line

3-2 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 85: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Oracle Advanced Pricing Qualifiers

Once a particular entity has qualified for a particular benefit, Oracle Advanced Pricing Attributes can then assist in further refining exactly which benefits can be given.

You can create, modify, query, and delete qualifier groups.

In order to take advantage of Qualifier functionality, Oracle has predefined basic qualifier contexts and associated qualifier attributes that use Oracle Application database tables as the data source wherever applicable. The following table illustrates several predefined structures that can be used in determining benefit eligibility.

Order Amount as a qualifier refers to the sum of the list prices on all active order lines. It is not the same as Order Total in Oracle Order Management which can include the effect of modifiers.

You can set up hierarchies in flattened format using qualifier contexts and attributes. Flattened format is required as qualifiers do not store any relationships among the hierarchies. The following table illustrates a hierarchy with 3 different levels of qualifier attributes. This hierarchy can be stored by creating a context such as “Geography”.Under this context, you would define 3 attributes, such as State, Territory, and Customers.

Table 3–2 Predefined Qualifier hierarchy structures

Qualifier Context Qualifier Attributes

Customer Customer Name, Bill To, Sales Channel

Order Order Type, Shipment Date, Line Type

Terms Payment Term, Freight Terms, Shipping Method

Volume Order Amount, Line Volume

Table 3–3 Example qualifier “Geography” Context

Qualifier Attribute Qualifier attribute Value

State CA, MN,WA,NY,FL

Territory East, West, South, North

Customers all customers, subset of customers by purchase volume

Creating Pricing Qualifier Groups 3-3

Page 86: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Oracle Advanced Pricing Qualifiers

To allow the user to chose and enter correct values for the 3 attributes, you would have to define specific validation sets for each attribute, using value set definitions to provide the correct source.

For more information, see Setup Steps, Qualifiers section on page 2-4.

For more information on Value Sets, see Oracle Applications Flexfields User’s Guide, Planning and Defining Values and Value Sets.

Since hierarchical relationships are not stored, you need to define the sourcing information. This is required because when the pricing engine has to make a determination as to whether a particular customer can receive a particular benefit, the engine needs to know the information at all the levels of hierarchy.

In this hierarchy, if the qualifying conditions established were that Territory must be West and State must be California, then the pricing engine would need to know both the Territory and the State of the customer in order to determine eligibility. If the qualifying conditions established were that Territory must be West or State must be California, then the pricing engine would need to know only the Territory or the State of the customer in order to determine eligibility.

For more information, see Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide, Default Attribute Sourcing Rules on page 8-2.

Qualifier GroupsYou can group qualifiers to create AND and OR conditions using a grouping number, as follows:

To create an AND condition, create qualifiers in the same qualifier group.

To create an OR condition, create qualifiers in different qualifier groups.

For example, if you offer a 10% discount on each order placed by preferred customers who spend more than 150 currency units, define the qualifying condition as in the table which follows:

Table 3–4 AND qualifying condition

Qualifier Group Qualifier Attribute Operator Value From Value To

1 Customer Class = Preferred Null

1 Order Amount Between 150 Null

3-4 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 87: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Oracle Advanced Pricing Qualifiers

If you offer a 10% discount on each order placed by a preferred customer or each order in which the customer spends more than 150 currency units, define the qualifying condition as in the table which follows:

If you offer a discount in which a qualifier is mandatory for all qualifying conditions, you can include it in all other qualifier groups by placing it in the null qualifier group. The search engine processes null qualifying conditions first and it only processes other qualifier groups if the pricing request qualifies for the null qualifying conditions.

For example, you offer a 10% discount on each order placed by a preferred customer or each order in which a customer ordering from a United Kingdom web site spends more than 150 currency units. However, the customer must use a VISA credit card to pay. Define the qualifying condition as in the table which follows:

Customer MergeWhen you merge customers in Oracle Receivables, you can merge:

Table 3–5 OR qualifying condition

Qualifier Group

Qualifier Attribute Operator Value From Value To

1 Customer Class

= Preferred Null

2 Order Amount Between 150 Null

Note: You can specify more that one qualifier in each qualifier group.

Table 3–6 NULL qualifying condition

Qualifier Group Qualifier Attribute Operator Value From Value To

Null Credit Card Type = VISA Null

1 Customer Class = Preferred Null

2 Order Amount Between 150 Null

2 Website Domain = co.uk Null

Creating Pricing Qualifier Groups 3-5

Page 88: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Oracle Advanced Pricing Qualifiers

■ The information from one customer (the From customer) with the information from another customer (the To customer).

■ The information from one or more customer sites of that customer (the From sites) with the site information from the other customer (the To sites).

If the From customer is referenced in any qualifiers (the qualifier context is Customer), the Oracle Receivables merge process executes an Oracle Advanced Pricing process to update the following qualifier information:

■ If you merge customer: The process changes the customer name on the qualifier from the From customer to the To customer.

■ If you merge sites: The process changes the site from the From customer to the To customer for qualifiers with the following attributes:

■ Bill To

■ Site Use

■ Ship To

Verify these changes in the Value From and Value To fields of the following forms:

■ Qualifier Group form, Qualifiers tabbed region

■ Price Lists form, Qualifiers tabbed region

■ Qualifiers - Header Level Qualifiers form (from Define Modifier form), Qualifiers tabbed region

■ Qualifiers - Line Level Qualifiers form (from Define Modifier form), Qualifiers tabbed region

3-6 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 89: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating a Qualifier Group

Creating a Qualifier GroupThe Qualifier Group window lets you create a new qualifier group and its associated qualifiers. An example of a qualifier group could be: Customer must be in territory WEST and Order Amount is between $2000 and $5000 or Order Quantity must be greater than 10,000. The Qualifier Group can use seeded qualifiers (source attributes) such as Customer Name and Order Amount or your own qualifier attributes. These qualifiers could come from one or more qualifier contexts.

To add a new qualifier group:1. Navigate to the Qualifier Group window.

Figure 3–1 Qualifier Groups

2. Enter the qualifier group Name.

3. Optionally, enter a Description of the qualifier group.

4. In the Qualifiers tab, enter the group number in the Grouping No. required field.

Creating Pricing Qualifier Groups 3-7

Page 90: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating a Qualifier Group

5. In the Context field select a qualifier context. The LOV will display all enabled descriptive flexfield context values defined for the Qualifier Contexts.

6. In the attribute field select a qualifying attribute of the context chosen in step 5. The LOV will display all enabled descriptive flexfield context specific segment values for context structure chosen.

7. In the Operator field select a value. Valid options are Equals =: NOT Equals (NOT =: and Between (BETWEEN).

8. Enter Value From and Value To. The LOV will display the values based on the value set definition of the qualifier attribute chosen.

Note: When entering the same numeric value for multiple qualifiers within a group in the Grouping No. field, this simulates an “AND” condition.

■ You must enter the EXACT values for Start Date and End date for EACH qualifier with a qualifier group when simulating an “AND” condition. If different dates are entered in either field, then the entire qualifier grouping will be ignored by the pricing engine

When entering different numeric values for multiple qualifiers within a group in the Grouping No. field, this simulates an “OR” condition.

Note: Between operator serves as Between condition when Value from and Value to field both contain a value.

■ To simulate a Greater Than condition, enter a value in the Value From field, and leave Value To field blank.

■ To simulate a Less Than condition, enter a value in the Value To field, and leave Value From field blank.

3-8 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 91: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating a Qualifier Group

9. The field Value From Meaning displays additional details of the qualifier when you query a qualifier after saving it. For example, if the context is CUSTOMER and the attribute is Ship To, Value From displays the customer name and Value From Meaning displays the site use location for the customer. If the context/attribute combination has no additional details, Value From and Value From Meaning are identical.

10. In the Start Date field, enter an optional date that the qualifier becomes active

11. In the End Date field, enter an optional date that the qualifier becomes inactive

12. Save your work.

Example:

Customer must be in territory WEST and Order Amount is between $2000 and $5000 or Order Type must be Standard.

Create a qualifier group, for example West1. The following table demonstrates field values to define the qualifier group West1.

Note: Some qualifiers use large valusets, for example, those based on all customers. For the Value From and Value To fields, if you want to reduce the number of items that display in the list of values:

■ Enter search criteria in the field.

■ Click the list of values indicator.

If you do not enter search criteria and click the list of values indicator, you see a window which advises that you have not entered search criteria and that the search may take a long time:

■ If you want to see a reduced list of values display, click No, enter search criteria, and click the list of values indicator.

■ If you want to see the entire list of values display, click Yes.

■ If you do not want to see the list of values, click Cancel.

Set the profile option QP: Valueset Lookup Filter to avoid this message.

Creating Pricing Qualifier Groups 3-9

Page 92: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating a Qualifier Group

Table 3–7 Example qualifier context “West1”

Grouping Number Context Attribute Operator Value From Value To

1 Geography Territory = West Null

1 Volume Order Amount

Between 2000 5000

2 Order Order Type = Standard Null

3-10 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 93: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Querying a Qualifier Group

Querying a Qualifier GroupThe Find window lets you query for a specific qualifier group or define a new qualifier groups.

To query for a qualifier group:1. Navigate to the Find Qualifiers window.

Figure 3–2 Find Qualifier Group

2. Select the name of the qualifier group that you want to find.

3. Choose the Find button to display the Qualifiers window.

Creating Pricing Qualifier Groups 3-11

Page 94: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Modifying or Deleting Qualifier Groups

Modifying or Deleting Qualifier GroupsThe Qualifiers window lets you modify (update or delete) a qualifier group or an associated qualifier.

To modify a qualifier group and qualifiers:1. Navigate to the Qualifiers window.

2. Locate the Qualifier Group you wish to modify or delete.

3. Modify or delete the record.

4. Choose Save on the toolbar.

Using Qualifiers with Price ListsQualifiers or qualifier groups can be associated with a particular Price List, or Price List Line. For more information on attaching a qualifier or qualifier group to a price list, see Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide, Price Lists.

Using Qualifiers with ModifiersQualifiers or qualifier groups can be associated with a particular Modifier List or Modifier list line. For more information on attaching a qualifier or qualifier group to modifiers and modifiers list line lists see Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide, Modifiers.

Note: You must first delete all associated qualifiers within a group before you can delete the qualifier group.

3-12 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 95: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Mo

4

Modifiers

This chapter describes modifiers and includes the following topics:

■ Overview of Modifiers on page 4-2.

■ Creating a Modifier List on page 4-22.

■ Creating List Level Qualifiers on page 4-26.

■ Creating Modifier Lines on page 4-30.

■ Creating Line Level Qualifiers on page 4-55.

■ Attaching Pricing Attributes to Modifier Lines on page 4-58.

■ Excluding Items on page 4-59.

■ Copying a Modifier List on page 4-60.

■ Overview of Promotional Limits on page 4-62.

■ Redeeming Accruals on page 4-85.

difiers 4-1

Page 96: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Modifiers

Overview of ModifiersModifiers enable you to set up price adjustments (for example, discounts and surcharges), benefits (for example, free goods, coupons) and freight and special charges that the pricing engine applies immediately to pricing requests or accrues for later disbursement. Using modifiers, you can:

■ Set up a modifier list with multiple modifier lines

■ Create eligibility rules for modifiers by assigning list and line level qualifiers

■ Define modifiers that are incompatible with other modifiers

■ Create exclusive modifiers

■ Create cascading modifiers

■ Accrue monetary and non-monetary benefits

■ Create monetary or usage limits that a customer can receive for a promotion, deal, or other modifier

Advanced Promotion and Deals Modifier list types of Promotion and Deal have a parent-child relationship for reporting purposes. When you create a modifier list type of Deal, you must associate it to a parent promotion by providing the promotion name and version. Since this association is for reporting purposes, information that you define on the promotion is independent of and does not affect the information on the Deal.

You can create ask for promotions or deals; those that pricing engine does not apply unless the customer asks for them. At order entry, you must reference the modifier list name or number or the modifier line number.

You can do the following with promotions and deals:

■ Create versions to retain history

■ Match effectivity dates

■ Use multiple modifier types

■ Issue coupons

■ Offer discounts on other items when a customer purchases one

■ Offer promotional goods

■ Offer upgraded merchandise

■ Substitute favorable payment terms

4-2 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 97: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Modifiers

■ Create both monetary and non-monetary promotional accruals

Modifier ConceptsYou use the Define Modifier form to set up price adjustments, benefits, freight and special charges. You can define simple discounts and surcharges as well as more advanced deals and promotions within the same window.

The following diagram shows modifier components and related entities:

■ Modifier lists contain one or more modifiers. Modifiers have list level and line level components. Each list level must have one or more lines associated with it.

■ By defining qualifiers at the list and line levels, you define a customer’s eligibility for the modifier.

■ Control features that influence modifiers are products and product groups, pricing attributes, phases, incompatibility groups, levels, and buckets

■ The use of modifiers can result in volume breaks, additional buy/get products, and benefits.

The following diagram provides an overview of modifiers and related concepts such as modifiers, modifier lists and qualifiers.

Modifiers 4-3

Page 98: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Modifiers

Figure 4–1 Overview of Modifiers

Modifier List TypesUsing modifier lists, you can create groupings of price adjustments, benefits, and freight and special charges that you offer and report together to meet various business needs. At the list level, you define criteria that is common to all of the line level modifiers. You can use the following list types:

■ Discount

■ Surcharge

■ Freight/Special Charges

■ Promotion

■ Deal

4-4 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 99: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Modifiers

For each list type that you define, you associate certain line types.

Modifier Line TypesUse modifier lines to define the type of price adjustments, benefits or freight and special charges that the pricing engine applies to pricing requests. You can associate certain line types with each list type. You can use the following line types:

■ Discount: Creates a negative price adjustment.

■ Surcharge: Creates a positive price adjustment.

■ Freight charge

■ Item upgrade: Replaces a specific item ordered with another item for the same price.

■ Terms Substitution: Replaces freight charges, shipping charges, and payment terms with typically more favorable charges.

■ Other item discount: Gives a price adjustment or benefit to a specified item on an order when the customer orders one or more other items on the same order.

■ Promotional goods: Adds a new item with a price adjustment or benefit when the customer orders one or more other items on the same order.

■ Coupon issue: Issues a coupon on one order for the customer to redeem for a price adjustment or benefit on a later order.

■ Price Break: Applies a variable discount or surcharge price adjustment to a pricing request based meeting the condition of a break type. You can use both point and range type breaks.

The following table details the modifier line types that you can use with each modifier list type. Each row is a modifier line type and each column is a modifier list type.Yes in a cell indicates that you can use the line type in the list type; No indicates that you cannot:

Table 4–1 Modifier List Type and Modifier Line Type Relationships

Modifier Line Type Discount SurchargeFreight & Special Promotion Deal

Discount Yes No No Yes Yes

Surcharge Yes Yes No Yes Yes

Freight Charge No No Yes No No

Price Break Header Yes Yes No Yes Yes

Modifiers 4-5

Page 100: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Modifiers

Modifier Application MatrixUse the following tables as aids in choosing the application method that you want to use when you are setting up header, line, and group of lines modifier lines.

The following table shows order level modifiers and the application methods that you can use for each. The Value column shows application methods if you are entering a value for the modifier and the Formula column shows application methods if you are entering a formula for the value for the modifier:

Table 4–2 Modifier Application Method - Order Level

The following table shows line level modifiers and the application methods that you can use for each. The Value column shows application methods if you are entering a value for the modifier and the Formula column shows application methods if you are entering a formula for the value for the modifier:

Item Upgrade No No No Yes Yes

Other Item Discount No No No Yes Yes

Terms Substitution No No No Yes Yes

Promotional Goods No No No Yes Yes

Coupon Issue No No No Yes Yes

Modifier Value Formula

Discount Percent Percent

Surcharge Percent Percent

Freight/Special Charges

Lumpsum Lumpsum

Table 4–3 Modifier Application Method - Line Level

Modifier Value Formula

Discount Percent, Amount, Newprice, or Lumpsum

Percent, Amount, Newprice, or Lumpsum

Table 4–1 Modifier List Type and Modifier Line Type Relationships

Modifier Line Type Discount SurchargeFreight & Special Promotion Deal

4-6 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 101: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Modifiers

The following table shows group of lines level modifiers and the application methods that you can use for each. The Value column shows application methods if you are entering a value for the modifier and the Formula column shows application methods if you are entering a formula for the value for the modifier:

Table 4–4 Modifier Application Method - Group of Lines Level

Surcharge Percent, Amount, Newprice, or Lumpsum

Percent, Amount, Newprice, or Lumpsum

Freight/Special Charges

Percent, Amount, or Lumpsum

Percent, Amount, or Lumpsum

Other Item Discount (Get)

Percent, Amount, Newprice, or Lumpsum

None

Price Break Percent, Amount, Newprice, or Lumpsum

Percent, Amount, Newprice, or Lumpsum

Promotional Good (Get)

Percent, Amount, Newprice, or Lumpsum

None

Modifier Value Formula

Discount Percent, Amount, Newprice, or Lumpsum

Percent, Amount, Newprice, or Lumpsum

Surcharge Percent, Amount, Newprice, or Lumpsum

Percent, Amount, Newprice, or Lumpsum

Other Item Discount (Get)

Percent, Amount, Newprice, or Lumpsum

None

Price Break Percent, Amount, Newprice, or Lumpsum

Percent, Amount, Newprice, or Lumpsum

Table 4–3 Modifier Application Method - Line Level

Modifier Value Formula

Modifiers 4-7

Page 102: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Modifiers

Manual ModifiersManual modifiers are modifiers that the pricing engine returns to the calling application instead of applying automatically. The calling application stores the modifiers in a price adjustments table and displays them so that you can choose the adjustments to be applied on an order line.

The following modifier types can be manual:

■ Discounts

■ Surcharges

■ Price break lines

■ Freight and special charges

You can set manual modifiers at the order, line, and group of lines levels and make them overridable.

IncompatibilityYour business needs may require you to use modifiers that you do not want the pricing engine to apply to an order or order line in combination with other modifiers (incompatible modifiers).

You can use incompatibility groups to assign incompatibility levels to modifier lines. When the pricing engine encounters incompatible modifiers, it uses incompatibility processing to resolve the incompatibility.

Incompatibility ProcessingIncompatibility processing occurs when a customer is eligible for more than one modifier and you instruct the pricing engine not to use these modifiers together.

You can assign multiple incompatibility levels to each pricing phase. When you create modifier lines, you assign each modifier to a phase and assign it an incompatibility level.

Since the pricing business rules allow the pricing engine to apply only one modifier for each incompatibility level and phase combination, it must resolve incompatibilities.

Promotional Good (Get)

Percent, Amount, Newprice, or Lumpsum

None

Modifier Value Formula

4-8 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 103: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Modifiers

Base PriceDuring the phase List Line Base Price, if the pricing engine selects more than one eligible price list line in the desired unit of measure, it resolves the incompatibility by picking the price list line having the highest precedence (lowest precedence number) and uses it as the base price of the item.

Use the Event Phases form to set the incompatibility resolve code for a phase.

PrecedenceDuring the phases List Line Adjustment, All Line Adjustments, and Header Level Adjustments if the pricing engine selects more than one eligible modifier it resolves the incompatibility using the best price feature. The best price feature instructs the pricing engine to select the modifier that offers the lowest price to the customer. For non-monetary modifiers, the pricing engine uses the estimated general ledger value of the modifier as the value of the modifier.

You can create one exclusive modifier in each pricing phase. When the pricing engine encounters an exclusive modifier, it suspends incompatibility pricing for the phase and applies only the exclusive modifier.

The following table shows an example of the pricing engine using precedence to resolve incompatibilities. The Engine Applies column indicates whether the pricing engine selects the modifier.

Table 4–5 Incompatibility Processing

Modifier PhaseIncompatibility Level Precedence Engine Applies

10% discount 30 1 260 No

100 currency unit promotion

30 1 240 Yes

Free promotional good 30 2 260 Yes

50 currency unit lumpsum

30 3 200 Yes

3% discount 30 3 240 No

25 currency unit deal 40 1 260 Yes

Note: Refer to the phase event mapping discussion to learn how to set phase incompatibility resolution.

Modifiers 4-9

Page 104: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Modifiers

Manual ModifiersTo control incompatibility processing for manual modifiers, set a value for the profile option QP: Return Manual Discounts. To view the incompatibility processing options for manual modifiers, refer to the description of the profile option.

BucketsTo create cascading price adjustments, you can place modifiers into different buckets. When the pricing engine calculates price adjustments, it:

■ Calculates percent type modifiers using the previous bucket’s subtotal

■ Sums all bucket modifier values to create a bucket subtotal

The pricing engine automatically applies order level modifiers and manual modifiers to the null bucket. With the null bucket, the pricing engine:

■ Calculates percent discounts using the list price

■ Sums all bucket modifier values to create a bucket subtotal

■ Applies the subtotal after the last numbered bucket

For all other modifiers, you:

■ Do not have to assign a bucket

■ Can assign the null bucket

The following table shows a bucket example. When the base list price is 100 currency units, the pricing engine calculates the final selling price of 66.20. The Price Adjustment column shows the value of each modifier, the Bucket Subtotal column shows the total value of all modifiers for the bucket, and the Selling Price shows the price at the beginning of the calculation and after application of each bucket subtotal. The value Null in a cell means that there is no value for that cell; the value Null Bucket means that the modifier is grouped in the null bucket:

Table 4–6 Final Selling Price Calculation

Bucket Modifier Price Adjustment Bucket Subtotal Selling Price

Null Null Null Null 100.00

Null Null Null Null Null

1 2% discount (2.00) Null Null

1 5 currency unit discount (5.00) Null Null

1 Null Null (7.00) 93.00

4-10 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 105: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Modifiers

EventsEvents are points in the process flow of the calling application at which it sends a pricing request to the pricing engine (analogous to a workflow event).The information that the pricing engine returns, for example, base prices, price adjustments, promotions, or freight charges, depends on the pricing phases of the event.

Refer to the pricing lookups information for the details of the predefined pricing events.

For example, if you need to price sales orders at shipment, use the Reprice Line event and insert the Reprice Line workflow activity into the order process workflow to invoke the repricing. The pricing engine uses the price list and modifiers that are in effect at order entry to meet booking requirements such as credit check.

AccrualsYou can create monetary and non-monetary accruals, for example, the customer accrues ten airline frequent flyer credits for each item they purchase. The pricing engine uses them in price calculations and passes them to the calling application.

Null Null Null Null Null

2 5 currency unit discount (5.00) Null Null

2 Null Null (5.00) 88.00

Null Null Null Null Null

3 2 currency unit surcharge

2.00 Null Null

3 10% discount (8.80) Null Null

3 Null Null (6.80) 81.20

Null Null Null Null Null

Null Bucket

5% discount (5.00) Null Null

Null Bucket

10 currency unit discount

(10.00) Null Null

Null Bucket

Null Null (15.00) 66.20

Table 4–6 Final Selling Price Calculation

Bucket Modifier Price Adjustment Bucket Subtotal Selling Price

Modifiers 4-11

Page 106: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Modifiers

Accruals:

■ Do not affect the selling price of an order line

■ Do not appear as chargeable items on invoices

■ Create an adjustment record in the database

You can:

■ Assign expiration dates to accruals

■ Mark accruals redeemed

■ Use buckets with monetary accruals. Since accruals do not effect the selling price of an order line, the pricing engine does not include them in bucket calculations but uses bucket numbers to determine the price from which to calculate the accrual value.

The following table shows a bucket calculation with accruals; however, it does not show the details of each bucket calculation. The Price Adjustment column shows the value of each modifier, the Bucket Subtotal column shows the total value of all modifiers for the bucket, and the Selling Price shows the price at the beginning of the calculation and after application of each bucket subtotal. The value Null in a cell means that there is no value for that cell; the value Null Bucket means that the modifier is grouped in the null bucket:

Table 4–7 Accrual Value Calculation

Bucket Modifier Price Adjustment Bucket Subtotal Selling Price

Null Null Null Null 100.00

Null Null Null Null Null

1 Null Null (7.00) 93.00

2 Null Null (5.00) 88.00

3 Null Null (6.80) 81.20

Null Bucket

Null Null (15.00) 66.20

Null Null Null Null Null

1 10% accrual (10.00) Null Null

1 5% accrual (5.00) Null Null

2 10% accrual (9.30) Null Null

4-12 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 107: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Modifiers

Qualifier Grouping Number OptionsYou can attach both qualifiers and qualifier groups to modifier lists and lines. When you attach qualifier groups, you are attaching all of the qualifiers in the qualifier group. The qualifier grouping number is important when you attach multiple qualifiers because it indicates to the pricing engine how to evaluate the qualifiers:

■ Qualifiers with the same grouping number are evaluated as a boolean AND condition (an entity must meet all of the conditions to qualify).

■ Qualifiers with different grouping numbers are evaluated as a boolean OR condition (an entity must meet one of the conditions to qualify).

Before you attach multiple qualifier groups, you must indicate how the process should coordinate the grouping numbers. You select one of the following grouping number options:

■ Retain Grouping Numbers Across Qualifier Groups: The grouping numbers of each attached qualifier remains as it appears in its qualifier group. In this case, the collection of attached qualifiers does not mirror the AND and OR combinations within each of the original qualifier groups.

■ Generate Unique Grouping Numbers Across Qualifier Groups: The process maintains the AND and OR combinations within each of the original qualifier groups and then creates OR conditions between the groups. It attaches the first qualifier group with grouping numbers as is, then finds the highest grouping number used, increases it by one, and increases all of the grouping numbers of the second group by this number. It attaches subsequent groups in the same manner, using the highest grouping number used by the just previously attached group.

■ Both: If you attach qualifiers using one option and then reaccess the window and attach additional qualifiers using the other option, the second round qualifiers attach differently depending on the option. If the second round option is Retain Grouping Numbers Across Qualifier Groups, the process attaches those qualifiers among the already existing qualifiers. If the second round option is Generate Unique Grouping Numbers Across Qualifier Groups, the process begins attaching groups using grouping numbers incremented from the highest existing grouping number.

The following tables show examples of how the process sets the grouping numbers when you use each option.

The following table shows the qualifier groups for this example. It presents the qualifiers grouped by each qualifier group:

Modifiers 4-13

Page 108: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Modifiers

The grouping numbers within group G1, for example, create the qualification that the entity qualifies if it meets condition Q1 OR (condition Q2 AND condition Q3) OR condition Q4.

The following table shows the attached qualifiers when you select the option Retain Grouping Numbers Across Qualifier Groups. It presents the qualifiers grouped by each qualifier grouping number to highlight that it does not retain the original qualifier group relationships:

Table 4–8 Selected Qualifier Groups

Qualifier Group Qualifier

Qualifier Grouping Number

G1 Q1 1

G1 Q2 2

G1 Q3 2

G1 Q4 3

Null Null Null

G2 Q5 1

G2 Q6 1

G2 Q7 1

Null Null Null

G3 Q8 1

G3 Q9 2

G3 Q10 3

Table 4–9 Option: Retain Grouping Numbers Across Qualifier Groups

Qualifier Group Qualifier

Qualifier Grouping Number

G1 Q1 1

G2 Q5 1

G2 Q6 1

G2 Q7 1

4-14 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 109: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Modifiers

The following table shows the attached qualifiers when you select the option Retain Grouping Numbers Across Qualifier Groups. It presents the qualifiers grouped by each qualifier group to highlight that it does retain the original qualifier group relationships:

G3 Q8 1

Null Null Null

G1 Q2 2

G1 Q3 2

G3 Q9 2

Null Null Null

G1 Q4 3

G3 Q10 3

Table 4–10 Option: Generate Unique Grouping Numbers Across Qualifier Groups

Qualifier Group QualifierQualifier Grouping Number

G1 Q1 1

G1 Q2 2

G1 Q3 2

G1 Q4 3

Null Null Null

G2 Q5 4 (3 + 1)

G2 Q6 4 (3 + 1)

G2 Q7 4 (3 + 1)

Null Null Null

G3 Q8 5 (4 + 1)

G3 Q9 6 (4 + 2)

Table 4–9 Option: Retain Grouping Numbers Across Qualifier Groups

Qualifier Group Qualifier

Qualifier Grouping Number

Modifiers 4-15

Page 110: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Modifiers

Cross Order VolumeYou can provide extra benefits to a customer after they place a certain amount of business with you. The cross order volume feature allows you to create modifiers that are qualified across an accumulation of orders and applied when a customer meets certain volume levels. It accumulates and sums order amount, item quantity, and item amount across the orders of each customer.

Cross Order Volume Profile OptionsTo use cross order volumes, set up periods in the following profile options:

■ QP: Cross Order Volume Period 1

■ QP: Cross Order Volume Period 2

■ QP: Cross Order Volume Period 3

Assign a default value to each profile option in unit of measure Days. For example, set the profile options as follows:

■ QP: Cross Order Volume Period 1: 30

■ QP: Cross Order Volume Period 2: 60

■ QP: Cross Order Volume Period 3: 90

Cross Order Volume LoadExecute the concurrent process Cross Order Volume Load. This populates the cross order volume tables. The qualifier and pricing attribute sourcing functions determine the cross order volumes for a customers and customer-item combinations.You can:

To run the process:

■ Select the process to execute either for a single operating unit or for all operating units.

■ Provide the load effective date; otherwise the process uses the current date. It uses the cross order volume profile options to determine the order lines included in the cross order volumes.

G3 Q10 7 (4 + 3)

Table 4–10 Option: Generate Unique Grouping Numbers Across Qualifier Groups

Qualifier Group QualifierQualifier Grouping Number

4-16 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 111: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Modifiers

For example:

■ Profile option QP: Cross Order Volume Period 1: 30

■ Profile option QP: Cross Order Volume Period 2: 60

■ Profile option QP: Cross Order Volume Period 3: 90

■ Concurrent process Cross Order Volume Load, Effective Date: 31-December

■ Cross order period 1: Order lines with request date between 1-December and 31-December

■ Cross order period 2: Order lines with request date between 1-November and 31-December-2000

■ Cross order period 3: Order lines with request date between 2-October and 31-December-2000

The Cross Order Volume Load concurrent process has been coded so the qualifier and pricing attribute sourcing functions determine the cross order volumes for a customer and customer-item combinations. The Cross Order Volume Load only looks at orders and order lines that are in a status of Booked. The Cross Order Volume Load does not look at returned or cancelled order lines.

The information in the cross order volume tables is only as current as when the last Cross Order Volume Load concurrent process was run. As orders continued to be booked the concurrent process will need to be executed to include this information. Your business processes should dictate how often these tables need to be loaded with more current information.

The pricing engine calculates the Cross Order/Item Amounts using the List Price on the Order Line not the Selling Price, this is consistent with the calculation of all non-Cross Order Amount based Qualifiers/Pricing Attributes.

The cross order loader calculates the order total and item amount in the currency that is in the set of books. For example, if your set of books is in USD (dollars) and you also have orders in Japanese Yen, the Cross Order Amounts are calculated and summed in USD. The value of the order in Japanese Yen is converted to USD by the cross order loader before including the value in the total amount.

When an order is input as Japanese Yen, and the engine is pricing in Japanese Yen, in an Organization where the Set of Books currency was USD, the seeded sourcing APIs for the Cross Order Amount qualifiers convert the total Cross Order Amount in USD to Japanese Yen.

The pricing engine accumulates all Cross Order totals for an Organization, but it does not summarize across Organizations. The pricing engine only takes into

Modifiers 4-17

Page 112: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Modifiers

account the orders that a customer has placed with each Sales Organization, and does not consider orders that the customer placed with other Sales Organizations. When running the Cross Order Volume Loader, if you specify an organization, it runs the load for that organization; if you leave it null, it will summarize for all organizations for which there are orders (assuming a multi-org install). Even if it is loading for multiple organizations, each summary is still within each organization.

When performing currency conversions in the Cross Order Volume Loader or Sourcing APIs, the engine performs the conversion using the order header currency conversion rate in Oracle Order Management. If the order header has no currency conversion rate, the pricing engine determines the conversion rate from the rates defined in Oracle General Ledger.

When you have different units of measure (UOM) for orders, the Cross Order Volume Loader converts from the ordered UOM to the Oracle Inventory primary UOM. In the cross order tables, the item quantity is always the primary UOM of the Item. When the pricing engine sources a Cross Order Quantity for an item, the seeded sourcing API converts the Cross Order Item Quantity from the primary UOM to the Ordered UOM and the pricing engine then converts the Cross Order Item Quantity from the Ordered UOM to the Pricing UOM.

If the pricing engine cannot find a UOM conversion rate for an item to convert from the Ordered UOM to the Primary UOM, the engine returns an Error Message in the Cross Order Loader log file. In this case the total Cross Order Quantity for this item will be incorrect.

Cross Order Volume ModifiersYou set up cross order modifiers by using cross order qualifiers or volume attributes.

Seeded cross order qualifiers are:

■ Context: Volume

■ Qualifier Attributes:

■ PERIOD1_ORDER_AMOUNT

■ PERIOD2_ORDER_AMOUNT

■ PERIOD3_ORDER_AMOUNT

You use this qualifier attribute if you want your modifier to be qualified based on the total order amount for the period specified in the profile option. You can set up these qualifiers at the modifier list level or line level.

4-18 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 113: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Modifiers

For example, set up the modifier with a list level qualifier as follows:

■ Context: Volume

■ Qualifier Attributes: PERIOD1_ORDER_AMOUNT

■ Operator: Between

■ Value From: 10000

■ Value To: 49999

At order entry time, information is sent to the pricing engine. For example, the pricing engine determines if this customer is eligible to receive this modifier. The engine compares the Qualifier attribute value of 10,000 against the total order amount for this customer in the cross order volume tables. If the total order amount in the cross order volume tables is between 10,000 and 49,999, the order line is eligible to receive the modifier and the pricing engine applies this modifier.

You can use the cross order qualifiers with any modifier list or line type.

Seeded cross order item attributes are:

■ PERIOD1_ITEM_AMOUNT

■ PERIOD2_ITEM_AMOUNT

■ PERIOD3_ITEM_AMOUNT

■ PERIOD1_ITEM_QUANTITY

■ PERIOD2_ITEM_QUANTITY

■ PERIOD3_ITEM_QUANTITY

You use the volume attribute if you want your modifier to be applied based on the item amount or item quantity for the period specified in the profile option. This volume attribute is setup on the modifier line in the volume type field. For example:

■ Product Attribute: Item Number

■ Product Attribute Value: Item A

Note: Since the cross order volume load sourcing does not add the current order amount to the Cross Order Amount, you could also use the Cross Order Amount qualifiers to qualify a Price List.

Modifiers 4-19

Page 114: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Modifiers

■ Volume Type: Period 1 Item Quantity

■ Break Type: Point

■ Operator: Between

■ UOM: EA

■ Value From: 100

■ Value To: 999

■ Application Method: Percent

■ Value: 10

At order entry time, information is sent to pricing engine. The engine determines if this customer is eligible to receive this modifier. The engine compares the volume attribute value of 100 against the total item quantity for this customer-item in the cross order volume tables. If the total item quantity in the cross order volume tables is between 100 and 999, the order line is eligible to receive the modifier and the engine applies this modifier.

There are restrictions by modifier line type with the use of the cross order volume attributes:

■ You can use cross order volume attributes with any line type as a single line break.

■ You can use cross order volume attributes with modifier line type Price Break, thus you can create multiple level breaks and apply a discount or a surcharge based upon the tier level that is met.

Note: It is critical that the Cross Order Volume Period profile options be setup prior to the cross order qualifier and volume attribute use in setting up modifiers. There is no system validation during modifier setup between the Cross Order Volume Period profile options and the cross order qualifiers and volume attributes. Thus it is possible for a user to define a modifier with the cross order qualifier and volume and this modifier fail and not be applied at order execution. There is not an error message given to the user that notifies of this failure, the modifier just isn’t applied.

4-20 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 115: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Modifiers

Cross Order Volume ReportRun the Cross Order Volume Report to view the information in the cross order volume tables. The report displays the total order amount, total item amounts and total item quantities for each customer and period.

Note: The cross order volume loader only accumulates orders for items in the Cross Order Item Amount/Quantity Summary that have modifiers using the cross order volume attributes. Similarly the engine only gives total Cross Order summaries if a Cross Order qualifier has been used in a modifier. Therefore it necessary to run the cross order volume concurrent request after you setup any modifiers using either (a) a Cross Order Amount Qualifier that has not been used previously or (b) a Cross Order Item Amount/Quantity Pricing Attribute for an item that has not been used previously. This is to ensure that all items totals are accumulated and loaded into the cross order tables.

Modifiers 4-21

Page 116: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating a Modifier List

Creating a Modifier ListUse this process to create a modifier list.

To create a modifier list:1. Navigate to the Define Modifier window.

Figure 4–2 Define Modifier

2. In the Main tab, enter the type of modifier list such as Deal, Discount List, Freight and Special charge List, Promotion, and Surcharge List.

4-22 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 117: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating a Modifier List

3. Enter the modifier list Number.

4. Enter a list Name.

5. If the modifier list type is Promotion or Deal, enter a version number in Version.

6. Enable or unable the Active check box.

7. Enable or unable the Automatic check box.

■ If enabled, the Automatic check box is also selected at the line level, and the pricing engine automatically applies the modifier.

■ If unabled, then the modifier must be manually applied.

8. Enter the Currency. The pricing engine applies modifiers to sales orders of the same currency.

9. Enter the start and end date range for the modifier lines.

Note: A formula can only be used with the following Modifier types: Discount, Surcharge, or Freight/Special Charges.

■ For reporting purposes, Modifier list types of Promotion and Deal have a parent-child relationship; therefore, a modifier list type of Deal must be associated to a parent promotion by providing the promotion name and version.

■ This relationship is for reporting purposes and the information you define on the promotion is independent of and does not affect the information on the Deal.

Note: The pricing engine performs more effectively if the Active check box is unabled for expired modifiers. The pricing engine looks at this flag before it checks effectivity dates and ignores inactive modifiers. You can query inactive modifier lists.

Note: If Automatic is enabled at the list level you can still manually apply line types of Discount, Surcharge, and Freight/Special Charges by unabling the Automatic check box at the line level.

Modifiers 4-23

Page 118: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating a Modifier List

10. Enter a modifier list Description.

11. If the modifier list type is Promotion or Deal, navigate to the Advanced tab.

12. Enter Parent Number and Parent Version to specify the promotion with which this deal is associated.

13. Enable the Ask for check box to instruct the pricing engine to apply this modifier only if the customer asks for it. Select Automatic in the Main tab for Ask for modifiers.

14. You can instruct the pricing engine to use modifier lines only on orders that customers place or that are shipped within certain dates. To do this, enter values in the Date Type I and Date Type II fields and their effectivity dates in Start Date.

15. Save your work. Whenever you add or change modifier information, the modifiers process runs the concurrent process QP: Maintains the denormalized

Note: If you do not enter dates and check Active, the list is effective from the creation date.

Note: Modifier list types of Promotion and Deal have a parent-child relationship for reporting purposes. When you create a modifier list type of Deal, you must associate it to a parent promotion by providing the promotion name and version. Since this association is for reporting purposes, information that you define on the promotion is independent of and does not affect the information on the Deal.

Note: If the pricing engine selects multiple modifiers to apply to an order line, Ask for promotions receive a higher preference than other modifiers.

Note: You can enter dates outside of the modifier list effectivity dates. If you enter both dates, the sales order must meet both dates to be eligible for the modifier.

4-24 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 119: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating a Modifier List

data in QP Qualifiers which stores information to help the pricing engine locate the modifier in the most direct method.

Modifiers 4-25

Page 120: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating List Level Qualifiers

Creating List Level QualifiersUse this process to create list level qualifiers to determine the eligibility of who can receive modifiers at the list level. If an order is not eligible for a modifier list, it is not eligible for that list’s line level modifiers even if the lines have qualifiers for which the order is eligible.

To create list level qualifiers:1. Navigate to the Define Modifier window.

Figure 4–3 Define Modifier: Modifiers Summary tab

2. In the Main tab, choose the List Qualifiers button to display the Qualifier Groups window. If no qualifiers are associated with the modifier list, then the Qualifier Groups window does not display.

4-26 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 121: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating List Level Qualifiers

Figure 4–4 Qualifier Groups

3. Complete the following steps to add qualifiers or qualifiers groups. If you do not want to add qualifiers from qualifier groups, choose Cancel.

4. To add qualifiers from qualifier groups, select one or more qualifier groups that you want to attach.

5. Select one of the grouping options (Retain Grouping Numbers Across Qualifier Groups or Generate Unique Grouping Numbers Across Qualifier Groups). For more information, see Overview of Price Lists, Qualifier Grouping Options section.

6. Choose OK to display the Qualifier window. In this window the qualifiers associated with the qualifier groups are listed.

You can add, change, and delete individual qualifiers and change the grouping numbers or dates.

If you have attached qualifier groups, verify that the grouping numbers in the window display the correct combination of AND and OR conditions.

Modifiers 4-27

Page 122: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating List Level Qualifiers

Figure 4–5 QUALIFIER - Header Level Qualifiers

7. Enter the Grouping Number. Qualifiers with the same grouping number generate an AND condition and qualifiers with different grouping numbers generate an OR condition.

8. Enter the Qualifier Context.

9. Enter the Qualifier Attribute.

10. Enter the Operator, Value From, and Value To.

The Value From Meaning field provides additional details about the selected qualifier. For example, if the qualifier context is CUSTOMER and the attribute is Ship To, Value From displays the customer name and Value From Meaning displays the site use location for the customer. If the context/attribute combination has no additional details, Value From and Value From Meaning are identical.

Note: After you save a qualifier with Qualifier Context of Modifier List and Qualifier Attribute of Coupon Number, you cannot modify or delete it. Since the pricing engine creates coupons (and a qualifier for each coupon) these coupon qualifiers are not subject to manual changes and deletions.

4-28 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 123: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating List Level Qualifiers

11. Choose Copy Groups to add qualifiers from other qualifier groups. For more information on Qualifiers, see Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide, Qualifier Groups.

12. View and, if necessary, adjust the precedence numbers that default from the qualifier definition.

The pricing engine uses the Precedence to resolve incompatibility. If multiple modifiers are eligible within the same phase and incompatibility level, the modifier with the lowest precedence is applied.

13. Choose OK and save your work.

Note: The start and end dates of the list qualifiers must be within the start and end date of the modifier list.

Modifiers 4-29

Page 124: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating Modifier Lines

Creating Modifier LinesUse this process to create modifier lines.

Note: If creating limits for a modifier line, be aware that the following modifier line types and parameters will prevent you from creating line limits for the modifier line:

■ If the Modifier line type is Other Item Discount, Promotional Goods, Coupon Issue, Item Upgrade or Term Substitution.

■ If the Automatic check box is unabled (if the modifier line is manually applied).

■ If the Override check box is enabled.

4-30 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 125: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating Modifier Lines

To enter basic modifier line information:1. Navigate to the Define Modifier window.

Figure 4–6 Define Modifier

2. In the Modifiers Summary tab, Modifier No field, a default modifier number identifies the modifier line. You can change this value; however, the Modifier No for each modifier line must be unique within the modifier list.

3. Enter the level that the modifier is applied:

■ Line: If the line is eligible to receive the modifier, the pricing engine applies the modifier at the line level.

■ Group of Lines: If the pricing request is eligible to receive the modifier, the pricing engine considers the item quantity or item amount consumed for a group of order lines:

Modifiers 4-31

Page 126: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating Modifier Lines

If the order lines meet the modifier criteria, then the modifier is applied to eligible order lines. However, if an exclusion has been applied to certain items or item categories in an order line, the modifier is not applied to the ineligible lines.

The following example show how a modifier is handled for order lines without exclusions and with exclusions:

Example 1: Modifier_Shampoo1 (No Exclusions Applied)

A modifier Modifier_Shampoo1 has the following set up:

Level: Group of Lines

Item Category: Shampoo

Quantity: > 100 quantity

To be eligible for the modifier Modifier_Shampoo1, the following order lines must meet the following criteria: the item category must be Shampoo and the total item quantity must be greater than (>) 100:

Order Lines 1 and 2 qualify for Modifier_Shampoo1 because Shampoo is the eligible category for that modifier and the item total meets the item quantity amount.

Example 2: Modifier_Shampoo2 (Exclusion Applied)

A modifier Modifier_Shampoo2 has the following set up:

Level: Group of Lines

Level of discount

Modifier Types that can be created with Group of Lines

Volume Types that can be used with Group of Lines

Group of Lines Discount, Price Break Header

Item Quantity, Item Amount

Order Line ID Item Qty Category

1 Shampoo1 100 Shampoo

2 Shampoo2 20 Shampoo

3 Shampoo3 30 Conditioner

4-32 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 127: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating Modifier Lines

Item Category: Shampoo

Quantity: > 100 quantity

Exclusion Item: Shampoo1

To be eligible for the modifier Modifier_Shampoo2, the item category must be Shampoo, the item quantity must be greater than (>) 100, and if the item is Shampoo1, it cannot receive the modifier (exclusion item):

Order Line 2 would have been eligible for the modifier Modifier_Shampoo2 (Shampoo1 is the excluded item); however, because the item quantity for Order Line 2 is less than 100, it is not eligible for the modifier.

The pricing engine determines if the pricing request is eligible for this modifier by validating the pricing request header. It applies this modifier at the order level but prorates a percentage value to each line.

If you are creating a Discount, Surcharge, or Freight/Special Charges modifier list, and using a formula to calculate the amount, select either Line or Order.

4. Select a modifier type. If you plan to set up promotional limits for the modifier, confirm using the table below that promotional limits can be applied to the modifier type:

Order Line ID Item Qty Category

1 Shampoo1 100 Shampoo

2 Shampoo2 20 Shampoo

3 Conditioner1 30 Conditioner

Note: If you select Order, you can only select Percent for the Application Method.

Modifier TypePromotional Limits can be applied?

Coupon Issue No

Discount Yes

Modifiers 4-33

Page 128: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating Modifier Lines

5. Enter the Start and End Date for the modifier line.

6. Print On Invoice is reserved for future use.

7. Enable or unable the Automatic check box. If enabled, the pricing engine automatically applies this modifier. If unabled, it must be manually applied to an order.

For Promotional Limits: If you are using promotional limits with the modifier, the Automatic check box must be enabled and remain enabled at both the modifier header and list level. Limits do not function with a modifier that is applied manually.

Item Upgrade No

Other Item Discount No

Price Break Header Yes

Promotional Goods No

Surcharge Yes

Term Substitution No

Note: The start and end date for the modifier line must be between the start and end date on the modifier list. The pricing engine confirms that the dates for the modifier line are valid so that the modifier line can be applied.

Note: If you select Automatic, the Automatic check box for each modifier line in the Define Modifier window is also enabled.

In the Define Modifier window, you can disable the Automatic check box for certain line level modifiers: Discount, Surcharge, and Freight/Special Charges. If the Automatic check box is not enabled, then the modifier must be manually applied.

If you are using promotional limits with the modifier, the Automatic check box must be enabled and remain enabled.

Modifier TypePromotional Limits can be applied?

4-34 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 129: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating Modifier Lines

8. Enable or unable the Override check box. If enabled, you can change the value of this modifier on each order that you enter: for example, changing the value of a Discount modifier from 5 to 10 percent.

9. Enter the Pricing Phase for this modifier line. Only valid phases for this modifier level appear in the list of values.

10. Enter incompatibility level in Incompatibility Group.

11. Enter Bucket.

12. Proration Type is reserved for future use.

13. Enter a numeric value in the Comparison Value field. The pricing engine uses this value to compare modifier types of Promotional Goods (PRG), Other Item Discount (OID), and other modifier types to resolve incompatibility and determine which modifier(s) to apply. This is used when the pricing phase incompatibility resolution is Best Price.

14. In Product Attribute, select a segment in the item context of the Pricing Context descriptive flexfield, for example, Item, Item Category, or All Items.

15. Enter the value for the segment, for example, Item or Item Category, in Product Attribute Value. If you select ALL_ITEMS for Product Attribute, Product Attribute Value is ALL.

Note: For Promotional Limits: If the Override check box is enabled (checked), you cannot create a line limit for this line.

Note: For manual discounts, leave Bucket null.

You can define order-level adjustments only in the null bucket so that the pricing engine always applies them to the list prices of the order lines.

Note: Use All Items to define a modifier that applies to all items in your product hierarchy.

Modifiers 4-35

Page 130: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating Modifier Lines

16. Precedence defaults from the segment number of the descriptive flexfield and you can change it. You must enter it for modifiers that have a product.

17. Enter Volume Type. It instructs the pricing engine which attribute of the item to use when qualifying for a modifier.

18. Enter = or BETWEEN in Operator; for example, item quantity = 5 or item quantity between 5 and 20.

19. To create greater than and less than conditions, leave From Value and To Value blank, as follows:

■ From Value = 5 and To Value blank creates the condition Value > 5

■ From Value blank and To Value = 100 creates the condition Value < 100

■ From Value = 5 and To Value = 100 creates the condition Value >= 5 and value <= 100

20. Enter the unit of measure (UOM) of the item or item category.

The UOM field is mandatory if one or more of the following conditions exist:

■ Line type is Promotion Goods or Other Item Discount or Item Upgrade.

■ Modifier Line level is Group of Lines.

■ Modifier line volume type pricing attribute is Item Quantity.

Note: If you do not enter values for Product Attribute and Product Attribute Value, the Pricing Engine applies the modifier line as if you selected ALL_ITEMS for Product Attribute.

Note: Valid types are Item Quantity and Item Amount. Period is reserved for future use.

Note: If you select Recurring for Break Type, you must select BETWEEN.

4-36 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 131: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating Modifier Lines

21. Enter Value From and Value To.

22. Enter Break Type.

Break Type performs differently depending on Modifier Type.

It is optional for the following types:

■ Discount

■ Surcharge

■ Freight Charge

■ Promotional Goods

■ Coupon Issue

Choose either:

■ Point

■ Recurring

The following table provides an example of a setup for a point price break.

Note: For Promotional Limits:

■ If no Product UOM is defined for the Modifier Line, line limits with basis of Item Quantity will not get created.

■ If no Benefit UOM is defined for a Modifier Line, line limits with basis as Accrual Units will not get created.

■ If no Benefit or Product UOM is defined, neither Item Quantity or Accrual Units displays in the Basis list of values (LOV) to prevent line limits from being created.

Table 4–11 Point Break Type

Field Value

Break Type Point

Modifier Line Type Discount

Product Attribute Item

Product Attribute Value Item A

Modifiers 4-37

Page 132: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating Modifier Lines

The pricing engine interprets this point setup as follows: an order of 100 cases of item A gets a 2 currency unit discount. If you order 200 cases of item A, you receive a 2 currency unit discount.

The following table details an example setup for a recurring price break.

The pricing engine interprets this recurring setup as order 100 cases of item A and get a 2 currency unit discount. If you order 200 cases of item A you receive a 4 currency unit discount.

23. You must enter a value for Modifier Type Price Break to determine the method of calculating the volume break.

Volume Type Item Quantity

Operator Between

UOM Cases

Value From 100

Application Method Amount

Value 2

Table 4–12 Recurring Break Type

Field Value

Break Type Recurring

Modifier Line Type Discount

Product Attribute Item

Product Attribute Value Item A

Volume Type Item Quantity

Operator Between

UOM Cases

Value From 100

Application Method Percent

Value 2

Table 4–11 Point Break Type

Field Value

4-38 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 133: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating Modifier Lines

Choose either:

■ Point: For Point, the pricing engine charges each unit of volume at the price of the break within which the total falls.

■ Range: The pricing engine charges each unit of volume at the price of the break within which it falls.

The following table shows a sample price break sequence. After the table, the text explains how the pricing engine applies this information for the price break types:

Using the example in this table, the pricing engine calculates the discount differently depending on the type of price break.

■ Point: If the total quantity of Item A is 150, the discount is against 150 at 10%.

■ Range: If the total quantity of Item A is 150, the discount is against 100 at 5% and 50 at 10%.

24. Save your work.

Table 4–13 Price Break

Product Attribute Value From Value To Value (%)

Item A 1 100 5

Item A 101 200 10

Item A 250 <all 9’s> 15

Modifiers 4-39

Page 134: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating Modifier Lines

To enter discount/charges information:

Figure 4–7 Define Modifier: Discounts/ Charges tab

1. In the Discounts/Charges tab, enable or unable the Include on Returns check box. If you enable it, the pricing engine includes freight charge on returns.

2. For modifier line types of Discount, Surcharge or Price Break Header, enter a formula name if you are using a formula to calculate the amount.

If the formula equation includes Modifier Value (MV), the value for MV originates from the Value field in the Discounts/Charges tab. Consider the following formula with the equation (List Price * Modifier Value = Final Discount):

At Order Entry, when the modifier is selected and the formula LP *MV is applied, the list price of the item on the order (LP) is multiplied by the value

Formula List Price (LP) Modifier Value (MV) Final Discount

LP *MV=Final Discount

20 3 60

4-40 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 135: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating Modifier Lines

that is entered in the modifier’s Value field. In this case, the value is 3. So the final discount is 20*3=60.

A formula without a Modifier Value component can be attached to a modifier even if a value is entered on the modifier line. In this case, the formula takes precedence and the modifier value is not used. Instead, the number returned by the formula is considered as a final discount.

3. Select an Application Method that defines how the pricing engine applies this modifier:

■ Percent: Creates a percentage price adjustment on each unit using the percentage entered in the Value field.

■ Amount: Creates a fixed price adjustment on each unit using the amount entered in the Value field.

■ Lumpsum: Creates a price adjustment for this lump sum amount on the entire line.

■ New price: Overrides the selling price of this item and makes the new price specified in the Value field the new selling price. Creates a price adjustment for the difference in list price and the new price.

The following table shows examples of how the pricing engine uses the Application Method to calculate the extended selling price of an order line:

4. Enter a numeric value (this is the modifier value or MV). The application value selected in the preceding step determines how the value is applied. For example, if the application value is Percent, then the value is applied as a percent.

If a formula is attached to the modifier line: If you have attached a formula and the formula equation includes a component type of Modifier Value (MV), the value entered in the modifier line is used in the equation.

List Price Item

Quantity Ordered

Application Method Value

Price Adjustment

Extended Selling Price

10 Item A 200 Amount 5 5 per unit 1000

10 Item A 200 Percent 5 5% 1900

10 Item A 200 New Price 5 5 1000

10 Item A 200 Lumpsum 5 5 off 1995

Modifiers 4-41

Page 136: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating Modifier Lines

If a formula without a Modifier Value component is attached to the modifier line, then the value is not used during the formula calculation when the final discount is returned.

Complete the remaining steps if you enter an accrual:

5. For line type Discount, enable the Accrue check box to enter an accrual.

6. Enter Benefit Qty and Benefit UOM of the benefit that you want to accrue. Use the benefit columns to define non-monetary accruals.

7. Enter Expiration Date to specify when the accrued transactions expire.

8. Enter Expiration Period and Period Type. The pricing engine calculates expiration date. Expiration period begins when item begins to accrue.

9. Rebate Transaction is reserved for future use.

10. % Estimated Accrual Rate is reserved for future use.

11. Enter Accrual Conversion Rate to specify the conversion of the Benefit UOM to the primary currency. For example, if one air mile is 0.50 currency units, the accrual conversion rate is 0.50.

12. Save your work.

To enter freight charge information:1. Enter the following information in the Modifiers Summary tab:

■ Level: Use Line or Order

■ Modifier Type: Use Freight/Special Charge

■ Phase: If Level is Line: use Line Charge or Line Manual Charge. If level is Order, enter the Charge Name.

■ Bucket

2. In the Discounts/Charges tab, enter charge name in Charge Name.

Note: You cannot enter these fields if you enter Expiration Date

4-42 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 137: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating Modifier Lines

Figure 4–8 Define Modifier: Discounts/Charges tab

3. Enable or unable the Include on Returns check box. If you select it, the pricing engine includes freight charge on returns. The default is selected.

4. If you are using a formula to calculate a discount, surcharge, or freight charge, enter the formula name in Formula.

5. Enter the Application Method to instruct the pricing engine how to apply this modifier. Valid values are:

■ Percent

■ Amount

■ Lumpsum

Note: If Level is Order, you can only select Percent.

If you are using a formula, set Application Method to Amount and leave Value blank.

Modifiers 4-43

Page 138: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating Modifier Lines

6. Enter Value unless you are using a formula.

7. Save your work.

To enter item upgrade information:1. Enter the following information in the Modifiers Summary tab:

■ Level

■ Modifier Type: Use Item Upgrade

■ Phase

■ Bucket

■ Product Attribute

■ Product Attribute Value

■ UOM

2. In the Promotion Upgrades tab, enter Upgrade Item.

4-44 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 139: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating Modifier Lines

Figure 4–9 Define Modifier: Promotion Upgrades tab

When the pricing engine applies the qualifying item on the order line, it changes the original item to the upgraded item and retains the price of the original item.

3. Save your work.

To enter terms substitution information:1. Enter the following information in the Modifiers Summary tab:

■ Level

■ Modifier Type

Note: Before entering the upgrade item, relate the item and its upgrade item in Oracle Inventory. Select Promotional Upgrade for Relationship Type. When you complete this relationship, the related item appears in the list of values for this field.

Modifiers 4-45

Page 140: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating Modifier Lines

■ Phase

■ Bucket

2. In the Promotion Terms tab, enter the Terms Attribute.

Figure 4–10 Define Modifier: Promotion Terms tab

The pricing engine substitutes the terms on the order or line the terms that you specify:

3. Enter the new terms in Terms Value.

4. Save your work.

To enter coupon issue information:1. Enter the following information in the Modifiers Summary tabbed region:

■ Modifier Number

4-46 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 141: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating Modifier Lines

■ Level

■ Modifier Type

■ Phase

2. In the Coupons tabbed region, skip Benefit Qty and Benefit UOM fields and enter Expiration Date of the coupon.

Figure 4–11 Define Modifier

Note: You must enter a value. The pricing engine uses the number to generate a unique number series for the coupon. It passes the coupon number to the calling application; the customer quotes this number when redeeming the coupon.

Note: This is the last date that the customer can redeem the coupon.

Modifiers 4-47

Page 142: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating Modifier Lines

As an alternative, enter the following three fields and the pricing engine calculates Expiration Date:

■ Expiration Period Start Date

■ Expiration Period

■ Period Type

For example, a coupon with Expiration Period Start Date 20 April, Expiration Period 3, and Period Type Month expires on 20 July.

3. Enter the Redemption Rate to specify the percentage probability that customers might redeem this coupon.

4. Enter Coupon Conversion Rate to specify the conversion of the Benefit UOM to the primary currency. For example, if one air mile is 0.50 currency units, the accrual conversion rate is 0.50.

5. Enter the Coupon Modifier Number to select an existing discount or promotional good as a benefit of the coupon.

6. Save your work.

Note: If you do not enter Expiration Period Start Date, the pricing engine will use the date that the calling application issued the coupon.

Note: Modifier type coupon issues use a predefined modifier type discount or promotional good to specify the benefit (the get) that you receive when you redeem the coupon. When you create a coupon issue, you attach an existing discount or promotional good.

Note: Qualifiers that you attach to a coupon issue determine which customer gets the coupon. When the customer redeems the coupon, the pricing engine validates the coupon number against the customer qualifier and also validates the qualifiers for the discount or promotional goods benefit (the get).

4-48 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 143: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating Modifier Lines

To enter other item discount and promotions information:Other Item Discount gives a price adjustment or benefit to a specific item already on an order (the get item) when the customer orders one or more other specified items (the buy items) on the same order.

Promotional Goods adds a new item to an order and provides a price adjustment or benefit for the item when the customer orders one or more specified items on the same order. The item does not need to be originally on the order. Even if the item is on the order, the pricing engine creates a new line for the item.

1. Enter the following information in the Modifiers Summary tab:

■ Level

■ Modifier Type

■ Phase: For Other Item Discount, Phase defaults to 30 All Lines Adjustment. If you create a new phase to use for this modifier type, set Phase to 30 All Lines Adjustment.

■ Bucket

■ Product Attribute

■ Product Attribute Value

■ UOM

2. Choose the Define Details button to display the Define Modifier Details window.

Modifiers 4-49

Page 144: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating Modifier Lines

Figure 4–12 Define Modifier Details for Modifier List

3. Perform steps 4 through 10 for each buy product.

4. In the Additional Buy Products region, enter the Group Number to specify the AND or OR condition of the buy side of the modifier. To join lines with AND, use the same group number on each line; to join lines with OR, use a different group number on each line

5. In Product Attribute, select a segment in the item context of the Pricing Context descriptive flexfield, for example, Item, Item Category, or All Items

Note: Use the Additional Buy Products region to specify the buy condition of the modifier along with the original product from the Modifiers Summary tab. The pricing engine considers the product that you define in the Modifier Summary as the primary item and uses it to determine the eligibility of the get condition. It also verifies other buy items.

4-50 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 145: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating Modifier Lines

6. Enter the value for the segment, for example, Item or Item Category, in Product Attribute Value.

7. Enter the unit of measure of the item or item category in Buy UOM.

8. Enter Pricing Attribute.

9. Enter = or Between in Operator.

10. Enter Value From and Value To.

11. Perform steps 12 - 18 for each promotions get product.

12. In the Get region, enter the item number or item category in Get Product Attribute.

13. Enter the item number or item category in Get Product Value.

14. Select the unit of measure (UOM) that Enter

15. Enter the quantity of the product that you want to offer in this modifier in Get Quantity.

16. Enter the unit of measure of this product in Get UOM.

17. Enter Get Price. The list of values displays all price lists that contain the item.

18. Enter Application Method. Valid values are:

■ Amount

■ Percentage

■ Lumpsum

19. Enter the Value of the application method.

20. Perform steps 20 - 24 for each other item discount get product.

Note: This is a volume pricing attribute; use either item quantity or item amount.

Note: Use the Get region to specify the get condition of the modifier.

Modifiers 4-51

Page 146: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating Modifier Lines

21. In the Get region, Product Attribute defaults to Item Number.

22. Enter the item number in Product Attribute Value.

23. You cannot enter values for the UOM, Get Quantity, and Get Price fields.

24. Enter Application Method. Valid values are:

■ Amount

■ Percentage

■ Lumpsum

25. Enter the Value of the application method.

26. Save your work.

To enter price break information:1. Enter the following information in the Modifiers Summary tab:

■ Level

■ Modifier Type: Use Price Break Header

■ Phase

■ Bucket

■ Break Type: Use Point or Range

■ Product Attribute

■ Product Attribute Value

■ UOM

■ Volume Type

2. In the Price Breaks tab, enter Adjustment Type.

Note: Use the Get region to specify the get condition of the modifier.

4-52 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 147: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating Modifier Lines

Figure 4–13 Define Modifier: Price Breaks tab

3. Valid types are:

■ Discount

■ Surcharge

4. To instruct the pricing engine to use the price break to calculate an accrual, select Accrue.

5. Enter Expiration Date to specify when the accrued transactions expire.

6. Enter Expiration Start Date, Expiration Period and Period Type. The pricing engine calculates expiration date. Expiration period begins when the item begins to accrue.

Note: You can have an accrual only for Adjustment Type Discount.

Modifiers 4-53

Page 148: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating Modifier Lines

Rebate Transaction Type defaults to Credit Memo and is reserved for future use.

7. Estimated Accrual Rate is reserved for future use.

8. Choose Define Discount.

9. In the Price Break tab, enter Value From and Value To

10. If you are using a formula to calculate a discount, enter the formula name in Formula.

11. Enter an Application Method:

■ Amount

■ Percentage

■ New Price

12. Enter Value of the application method

13. Enter Benefit Qty and Benefit UOM.

14. Enter Accrual Conversion Rate to specify the conversion of Benefit UOM to the modifier primary currency. For example, if 1 air mile is 0.50 currency units, Accrual Conversion Rate is 0.5.

15. Save your work.

Note: You cannot enter these fields if you enter Expiration Date.

4-54 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 149: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating Line Level Qualifiers

Creating Line Level QualifiersUse this process to create qualifiers for modifiers at the line level. The pricing engine uses these qualifiers to determine eligibility for line level modifiers. If an order is not eligible for a list level modifier, the order lines may be eligible for list line level modifiers if the order lines have qualifiers for which the order is eligible.

When creating qualifiers, consider secondary price lists that may need to be included to be considered for the modifier. For example, if a customer qualifies for a discount from Price List A but the effectivity of the item drives the engine to the secondary price list (Price List B), the customer does not receive the discount unless the qualifier also includes Price List B.

To create line level qualifiers:1. Navigate to the Define Modifier window.

2. Navigate to the Modifiers Summary tab and select a modifier.

3. Select Line Qualifiers.

Figure 4–14 Qualifier Groups

4. If the Qualifier Groups window appears, this list has no qualifiers. If you want to add qualifiers from qualifier groups, follow this step. If you want to add individual qualifiers, choose OK and move to the next step.

Modifiers 4-55

Page 150: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating Line Level Qualifiers

■ Select the qualifier groups that you want to attach. All the qualifiers that are associated with the group will appear in the Qualifiers tabbed region.

■ Select one of the grouping options (Retain Grouping Numbers Across Qualifier Groups or Generate Unique Grouping Numbers Across Qualifier Groups). For more details on the effect of these options, see the information in the Overview of Price Lists, Qualifier Grouping Options section.

5. Choose OK to display the Qualifier window. You can add, change, and delete qualifiers, change the grouping numbers, and change the dates.

If you have attached qualifier groups, verify if the grouping numbers display the correct combination of AND and OR conditions

Figure 4–15 QUALIFIER - Header Level Qualifiers

6. If you are entering a qualifier, enter the Grouping Number. Qualifiers with the same grouping number generate an AND condition and qualifiers with different grouping numbers generate an OR condition.

7. Enter the Qualifier Context.

8. Enter the Qualifier Attribute.

4-56 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 151: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating Line Level Qualifiers

9. Enter the Operator, Value From, and Value To.

The Value From Meaning field provides additional details about the selected qualifier. For example, if the qualifier context is CUSTOMER and the attribute is Ship To, the Value From field displays the customer name and the Value From Meaning field displays the site-use location for the customer. If the context/attribute combination has no additional details, Value From and Value From Meaning are identical.

Choose Copy to add qualifiers from other qualifier groups.

10. View precedence numbers in Precedence. They default from the qualifier definition.

The pricing engine uses precedence for resolving incompatibility. If multiple modifiers are eligible within the same phase and incompatibility level, the modifier with the lowest precedence is applied.

11. Choose OK.

12. Save your work.

Note: After you save a qualifier with Qualifier Context of Modifier List and Qualifier Attribute of Coupon Number, you cannot modify or delete it. Since the pricing engine creates coupons (and a qualifier for each coupon) these coupon qualifiers are not subject to manual changes and deletions.

Note: The start and end dates of the list qualifiers must be within the start and end date of the modifier list.

Modifiers 4-57

Page 152: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Attaching Pricing Attributes to Modifier Lines

Attaching Pricing Attributes to Modifier LinesUse this process to attach attributes to the items and item categories that you define in modifier lines. When the pricing engine determines eligibility for a modifier, it validates the pricing attributes along with the item number or item category.

To attach pricing attributes to modifier lines:1. Navigate to the Define Modifier window.

2. Choose the Modifiers Summary tab and select a modifier.

3. Choose the Pricing Attribute button to display the More Pricing Attributes window.

Figure 4–16 More Pricing Attributes

4. Enter a pricing context.

5. Enter a pricing attribute.

6. Enter a operator value such as = or BETWEEN.

7. Enter Value From and Value To.

8. Choose OK and save your work.

Note: Pricing attributes apply only to the primary items that you define in the Modifiers Summary tab. They do not apply to items that you define for additional buy items and get items.

4-58 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 153: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Excluding Items

Excluding ItemsUse this process to exclude items.

To exclude items:1. Navigate to the Define Modifier window.

2. Navigate to the Modifiers Summary tab and select a modifier. You cannot exclude items if the modifier level is Order.

3. Choose Exclude to display the Exclude Items window.

Figure 4–17 Exclude Items

4. Enter a Product Attribute.

5. Enter the Product Value to be excluded.

6. Select the Exclude check box and choose OK.

7. Save your work.

Modifiers 4-59

Page 154: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Copying a Modifier List

Copying a Modifier ListYou can quickly create a new modifier list by copying an existing one. The new modifier list will have the same modifier lines, pricing attributes, and qualifiers as the original. The following attributes are copied to the new modifier: price breaks, other item discounts, coupons, promotional goods, and set ups and lines.

You can give a unique name and description to the new modifier and either update or keep the effective dates for the modifier list and lines. The new modifier is inactive until you enable the Active check box for the modifier.

To copy a modifier list:1. Navigate to the Copy Modifiers window.

Figure 4–18 Copy Modifiers

In the Copy From region:

Note: When you copy a modifier, promotional limits attached to the original modifier are not copied. The promotional limits must be created again for the new modifier.

4-60 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 155: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Copying a Modifier List

2. In the Number field, select the modifier list that you want to copy.

The currency and name displays for the selected modifier.

3. Enable the Retain Effective Dates check box if you want to copy the effective dates from the original to the new modifier.

In the Copy To region:

4. In the Number field, enter a name for the new modifier.

5. Optionally, enter a description in the Name field and the effective dates for the modifier.

6. Choose Enable to copy the modifier. A Request ID number displays so you can track your copy request. Select View > Requests and search by your Request ID number to view your request status.

The new modifier is inactive until the Active check box is enabled for the modifier.

To activate the new modifier:

7. Search for the new modifier in the Find Modifier Lists window. The modifier displays in the Define Modifier window.

8. In the Main tab of the Define Modifier window, enable the Active check box to activate the modifier.

Note: If you enabled the Retain Effective Dates check box, then the effective dates from the original modifier are copied from the original to the new modifier. If you do not select this option, you can add effective dates to the new modifier once it is created.

Modifiers 4-61

Page 156: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Promotional Limits

Overview of Promotional LimitsOracle Advanced Pricing enables you to set limits for benefits that a customer can receive for a promotion, deal, or other modifier. By limiting the amount of a benefit that can be received, you can keep promotional spending within budget and prevent promotion budget overruns.

For example, promotional limits could be used to provide a 10% discount on the first 500 units of an item sold, or a 10% discount for an item until the promotional limit is reached; for example, once the promotion reaches 100,000 currency units.

In addition to setting limits on promotional spending, you can also monitor current and cumulative promotional spending in real time, order by order.

You can set limits for a specific monetary value such as the first 500 dollars or by a specific category such as a particular customer. Oracle Advanced Pricing enables you to set limits in terms of accrual units, discount cost, gross revenue, item quantity, and usage (by customer, by promotion, by promotion and customer). Within a promotion, deal, or modifier, you can also set eligibility for limits by customer, product, or other entity:

■ Customer: Define a limit by customer, a group of customers, or at any level in your customer hierarchy.

■ Product: Define a limit for a product or group of products in your product hierarchy.

■ Sales organization: Define a limit that enables users to assign the limit:

■ by Organization

■ across all Organizations

Your corporation may have multiple organizations and you can set a different limit for each sales organization, group of organizations in your company hierarchy, or give the same limit for all. When entering a limit, you can select if you want to consider to set this limit by organization, across all organizations, or for a specific organization.

■ Transaction level: Define a limit across the current transaction or across all transactions to which a promotion or modifier has been applied.

Note: To use limits, ensure that Oracle Advanced Pricing is installed and that the profile option QP: Promotional Limits Installed is set to Y (Yes) by the System Administrator.

4-62 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 157: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Promotional Limits

Note: You cannot create line limits in the following situations:

■ If the Modifier line type is Other Item Discount, Promotional Goods, Coupon Issue, Item Upgrade or Term Substitution.

■ If the Automatic check box is unabled so that the modifier line must be manually applied.

■ If the Override check box is enabled.

Modifiers 4-63

Page 158: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Promotional Limits

Creating LimitsOracle Advanced Pricing enables you to create monetary or usage limits that a customer can receive for a promotion, deal, or other modifier.

Limits not copied to new modifier: If copying a modifier, existing limits at either the line or header level, are not copied from the original modifier to the new modifier. The promotional limits must be created again for the new modifier.

You can create limits at the:

■ Modifier header level for a promotion, deal, or modifier list.

■ Modifier line level: Limits can be applied to line modifiers and applied to a line, group of lines, or order.

■ Both Modifier header and line levels

Note: To use limits, Oracle Advanced Pricing must be installed and the profile option QP: Promotional Limits Installed must be set to Y (Yes) by the System Administrator.

Cautions for line limits:

■ Line limits cannot be created if the Modifier Type for the modifier line is Other Item Discount, Promotional Goods, Coupon Issue, Item Upgrade, or Term Substitution.

■ The Automatic check box for the modifier line must be enabled, and the Override Flag must be unabled (unchecked) otherwise you cannot enter a limit for the modifier.

■ If no Product UOM was defined for the modifier line, line limits with basis of Item Quantity will not get created. If no Benefit UOM was defined for a Modifier Line, line limits with basis as Accrual Units will not get created.

■ If no Benefit or Product UOM is defined for a modifier line, neither Item Quantity or Accrual Units displays in the Basis list of values (LOV) and line limits cannot be created for that line.

4-64 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 159: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Promotional Limits

You can define header and line level limits in terms of accrual units, discount cost, gross revenue, item quantity, and usage (by customer, by promotion, by promotion and customer). The limit can be defined by a specific value or a limit for each element that receives a promotion; for example, a limit of $100 for each customer. The following examples illustrate different ways limits can be applied:

Customers You can define limits for all individual customers, group of customers, or specifically named customers; for example:

■ No more than $100 of benefit to any one customer on any order from promotion Y.

■ Customer XYZ is limited to $1000 cumulative benefit from promotion X.

■ All VIP customers are limited to $2000 cumulative benefit.

Individual stock-keeping units (SKU’s) or groups of SKU’s You can define limits for individual SKU’s or groups of SKU’s that are being promoted; for example:

■ Limit aggregate expense for promotion X to $50,000 for item 1234.

■ Limit VIP customers to $2000 cumulative benefit.

Individual or aggregated transactions You can define limits that apply to individual transactions or aggregated transactions; for example:

■ Limit customers so they cannot exceed $50 for any order.

■ Limit customers’ use of promotion X for either $400 cumulative discount or placing an order 3 times.

■ Limit the total expense that customers may receive from a fall promotion to $5000.

When setting up a limit, you must choose a basis that defines the unit being monitored for limit checking. Available limit bases are accrual units, charge amount, cumulative discount amount, gross revenue, item quantity, and usage.

For example, if accrual units were used as the basis for monitoring units such as air miles, the limit would monitor the number of air miles accrued.

Note: If the effective end date for a modifier has been reached, you can still attach limits. However the modifier and associated limit will not be applied if the limit date is expired.

Modifiers 4-65

Page 160: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Promotional Limits

To create limits at the modifier header level or line level:1. Navigate to the Define Modifier window.

Figure 4–19 Define Modifier: List and Line Limits

2. Choose List Limits to enter a limit at the modifier header level, or choose Line Limits to enter a limit at the modifier line level.

4-66 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 161: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Promotional Limits

Caution: The Automatic check box for the modifier line must be enabled so that the List Limits button or Line Limits button can be selected.

The following conditions must be fulfilled before you can enter limits for a modifier line:

■ At least one line modifier must be listed in the Modifiers Summary tab before entering a line limit. Otherwise the Line Limits button is grayed out.

■ You can only create Line limits for the following modifier types: Discount, Price Break Header, and Surcharge. Line limits cannot be created for the following Modifier Types: Other Item Discount, Promotional Goods, Coupon Issue, Item Upgrade, or Term Substitution.

■ The Automatic check box for the modifier line must be enabled, and the Override Flag must be unabled otherwise you cannot enter a limit for the modifier.

Modifiers 4-67

Page 162: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Promotional Limits

Figure 4–20 Define Limits

3. The Num is a unique limit number that defaults automatically to identify the limit transaction.

4. Select the basis for the limit. The basis defines the type of limit that is applied and how the consumption is measured. For example, if the basis is Accrual Units, the limit is calculated by the number of units accrued such as 4000 air miles. You can select from the following available bases:

Accrual Units: For example, each customer accrues 100 air miles for each 10 currency units spent up to a limit of 5000 air miles per customer.

Discount Cost: For example, when the cost of the promotion has exceeded 50,000 currency units, the promotion ends.

Gross Revenue: For example, each customer receives the promotion for the first 250 currency units that they order from the website.

Item Quantity: For example, a customer receives $10 off a case of 12 one-gallon cans of orange juice for the first 1000 cases.

Usage: Usage can be based by customer, promotion, or both customer and promotion:

4-68 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 163: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Promotional Limits

■ Customer: For example, each customer cannot get a promotion more than 5 times.

■ Promotion: For example, promotion is available on the first 25 orders placed.

■ Promotion and Customer: For example, promotion is available to the first 25 different customers who place an order.

When a pricing request is processed, the pricing engine checks each request against the limit to see if it exceeds the limit and applies the amount of the benefit against the limit.

5. Select how you want the limits enforced:

■ Select Across the Current Transaction if you want the pricing engine to maintain a consumption record for each order that consumes the limit.

■ Select Across All Transactions if you want the pricing engine to maintain one consumption record for all orders that consume the limit.

6. Enter the amount of the limit. You can increase or decrease an existing limit; however, you cannot decrease it lower than the amount by which the limit has been consumed. For example, if two orders each for 100 currency units have consumed the limit, you cannot lower the limit below 200.

7. The Unit field defaults to a unit of measure that corresponds to the Basis selected: for example, a currency unit such as USD (US dollars) for Gross currency.

8. Select a constraint to restrict the limit to a product or qualifier attribute:

■ Select Product Attribute to set limits for a specific product(s).

■ Select Qualifier Attribute to set limits for a qualifier such as a customer, modifier list, or order.

9. To filter limits by sales organization, enable the By Organization check box. If enabled, the organization for the transaction and modifier must match before the limit can be applied. This enables you to restrict limits to transactions for your organization.

10. You can select additional criteria from the Constraint, Context, and Attribute fields to restrict eligibility for limits by certain products or qualifiers. For

Note: Even if the transaction is ineligible to receive the limit, it may be eligible to receive the modifier.

Modifiers 4-69

Page 164: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Promotional Limits

example, the following setup can be used to define eligibility by customer name:

11. Select Constraint 1 which can be either a product or qualifier attribute.

12. Select a Context for the product or qualifier constraint.

13. Select an Attribute for the Context. For example, if the Context is Customer, you can select Customer name as the Attribute to restrict the limit by customer name.

14. You can define additional product or qualifier attributes in the Constraint 2, Context 2, and Attribute 2 fields.

15. The When Exceeded field determines the handling action if a pricing request exceeds the promotional limit. The initial value automatically defaults from the profile option QP: Limit Exceed Action that is set up by the System Administrator. Optionally, if you do not want the default, you can select a different handling action:

■ Hard - Adjust Benefit Amount: Adjusts the order benefit amount so that the order meets but does not exceed the promotional limit. For example, if a customer close to their promotional limit places a new order that exceeds the limit amount, the customer receives the benefit only until the amount is reached.

■ Soft - Full Benefit Amount: Applies the full benefit to the order and then sends a status message to place a promotional hold on the order. For example, if a customer close to their promotional limit places a new order that exceeds their limit amount, under a soft limit the customer gets the full promotion benefit applied to the order. A status message is sent to the calling application (such as order management) that the limit has been exceeded.

16. In the Hold? field, select one of the following hold actions:

Constraint Context Attribute

Qualifier Attribute Customer Customer name

Note: If you select Constraint 2, Context 2, and Attribute 2 or additional criteria, an and operator is introduced which means that all criteria must be met before the limits are applied.

4-70 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 165: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Promotional Limits

■ Enable the Hold? check box to have a status message sent to the calling application (such as order management) that the limit has been exceeded.

■ Unable the Hold? check box so that the pricing engine does not place a promotional hold.

17. Save your work.

Optionally, choose the Other Attributes button to display the Define Attributes window. In this window you can define additional criteria.

Figure 4–21 Define Attributes

For example, if you have selected customer and customer name and want the limit applied to a particular customer, select the customer name from the Value field.

18. Save your work.

Note: If the Soft - Full benefit amount is selected in the When Exceeded field, then the Hold? check box is automatically enabled and cannot be updated.

Note: If Balances exist for a limit, the Other Attribute button is grayed out and you cannot add other attributes.

Modifiers 4-71

Page 166: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Promotional Limits

Note: To qualify for a limit, all the qualifier conditions must be met. Otherwise, the limit will not be applied.

4-72 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 167: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Promotional Limits

Viewing Limit Balances and Transaction DetailsOracle Advanced Pricing enables you to view balances including the amount consumed (used) and available for a selected limit or across transaction limits. For a selected balance, you can view the detailed transactions that have consumed the balance. The available balance is calculated using the following formula:

Available balance = Limit Amount - sum of (Consumed Amounts from saved Transactions)

Manual versus Automatic Updating of BalancesFor most transactions, limit balances are updated automatically when orders are re-priced or when the limit amount is changed. Some balances are not updated automatically and must be manually updated to reflect the new balances: for example, for returned, cancelled, and deleted orders or when a manual transaction is added to adjust limit balances. To update the limit balances manually, you must choose the Update balances button to view the updated balance.

As transactions are processed, cumulative promotional spending is subtracted from the available limit balance. The pricing engine updates the available balance for transactions that complete successfully such as a booked order line or transactions in progress; for example, a sales order line that is entered but not saved or booked.

However, if a transaction in progress was rolled back or exited abnormally from the calling application (such as Order Management), the balance is still updated and therefore the available limit balance may not reflect the true balance. When this occurs, you must manually update the balance to reflect the true balance.

Once the order or order line is saved and booked, then the available limit balance is reduced by the amount of the completed transaction(s).

Modifiers 4-73

Page 168: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Promotional Limits

To view a limit balance:1. Navigate to the Define Limits window.

Figure 4–22 Define Limits

The limits and their balances display in the Balances region. If you have arranged the limit by category such as sales organizations, product attributes, and qualifier attributes, one limit balance displays for each category.

The Available field displays the amount of the limit or sub-limit remaining. If the limit is set up by category, then the following Organization (Org) fields display:

■ Org Context: Displays the sales organization for the sub-limit balance.

■ Org Attribute: Displays the product attributes/qualifier attributes for the sub-limit balance.

Note: A limit and sub-limits only appear if transactions have posted against them.

4-74 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 169: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Promotional Limits

■ Org Value: Displays the product attributes/qualifier attributes for the sub-limit balance.

■ Org Meaning:

To view limit transaction details:1. Navigate to the Define Limits window.

2. In the Balances section of the Define Limits window, select the balance whose transaction details you want to view.

3. Choose the Transactions button to display the Define Transactions window.

Figure 4–23 Define Transactions

The following fields are defined:

■ Date Request: Display the date the transaction occurred.

■ Price Req Code: Displays the pricing code automatically for an Automatic transaction.You can enter a pricing code manually for a Manual transaction.

■ Manual: Enabled if a manual transaction has been added. You can update, delete, or add a manual transaction.

■ Amount: Displays the amount of the limit consumed.

Note: The Transactions window only displays if there are transactions applied against the limit. Transactions display after you save a sales order.

Modifiers 4-75

Page 170: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Promotional Limits

■ Request Type: Displays the name of the calling application such as Order Management.

■ Reason: Displays a reason (if applicable) for the transaction. You can enter a manual reason which is used especially in manual adjustments.

Note: In the Define Transactions window, you can choose to adjust the limit balance by manually adding new transactions or updating existing manual transactions. A limit transaction created by the Pricing engine cannot be updated or deleted. Only manual transactions can be added, update and deleted.

4-76 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 171: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Promotional Limits

Updating an Existing Limit BalanceOracle Advanced Pricing provides a running available balance so you know the amount consumed (used) and available for a selected limit. Balances for limits are updated automatically when orders are re-priced or when the limit amount is changed.

In certain cases such as returned, cancelled, and deleted orders, the limit balances are not updated automatically and the balance must be manually updated using the Update balances button. If a manual transaction is added to adjust limit balances, you must choose the Update balance button to view the new available limit balance.

To update an existing limit balance:1. Navigate to the Define Limits window.

Figure 4–24 Define Limits

2. Verify that the balances match the sum of the transactions. Choose the Update balance button or run the concurrent process QP: Update Limit Balance.

3. Choose the Transactions button to display the Transactions window. Confirm that the transactions are correctly applied to the balance.

Modifiers 4-77

Page 172: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Promotional Limits

4. To change the limit balance, enter a transaction in the Transactions window. Enter a positive quantity in the Amount field to lower the available balance or use a negative quantity to raise the available balance.

5. Recalculate the balances in the Define Limits window by choosing the Update balance button or by running the concurrent process QP: Update Limit Balance.

4-78 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 173: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Promotional Limits

Enforcing LimitsOracle Advanced Pricing enables you to set up an enforcement policy to manage transactions if the promotional limits are exceeded. When the benefit amount for a transaction or transaction lines exceed the set limit or available limit balance, the default handling method resolves the situation.

The default limit enforcement is set up by the System Administrator in the QP: Limit Exceed Action profile option. You can accept the default or optionally, select an alternate handling method. The following limit handling methods are available:

■ Hard - Adjust Benefit Amount: Any partial benefit available will be given up to the limit. A promotion based on Usage (number of times it is given) is considered to be a hard limit.

■ Soft - Full Benefit Amount: The full benefit of the promotion is given and a message is sent to the calling application to advise that the limit has been exceeded. If a limit is exceeded, then the order header and lines need to be placed on a promotional limit hold until appropriate business processes allow progression of the entire sales order. These processes may involve adjusting the promotional limits or repricing the order.

In addition to setting hard and soft limits you can also make the following adjustments when the limit is exceeded:

■ Adjust the limit up or down while the enforcement is operating.

■ Deactivate the promotion or increase the remaining available limit.

Modifiers 4-79

Page 174: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Promotional Limits

Adjusting the Limit AmountYou can increase or decrease an already existing limit for a promotion, deal, or modifier and have the adjustment reflected in the available balance. However, you cannot decrease it lower than the amount by which orders have consumed it. For example, if two orders, each for $100 have consumed the limit, you cannot lower the limit below $200.

If the promotion, deal, or modifier is inactive because the limit was previously exceeded, the promotion, deal, or modifier will be re-activated once the limit is increased.

Note: A limit (header or line level) that has been created by a different source system code cannot be updated or deleted by a user who has logged in using a different source system. For example, if a limit was created for a modifier by a Trade Management user, the same limit can only get updated or deleted by a Trade Management user. A user logged in Advance Pricing can view limits for the modifier but cannot edit the existing limits.

4-80 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 175: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Promotional Limits

To adjust the limit amount:1. Navigate to the Define Limits window.

Figure 4–25 Define Limits

2. In the Amount field, enter the new amount for the limit.

Note: If decreasing the limit, you cannot decrease it lower than the amount by which orders have consumed it.

Modifiers 4-81

Page 176: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Promotional Limits

Changing Modifier IncompatibilityYou can review and change incompatibilities in one window. When you query incompatibility levels for a specific phase, you see the modifier lines attached to each incompatibility group and can assign them to a new incompatibility level.

To change modifier incompatibility:1. Navigate to the Incompatibility Groups window.

Figure 4–26 Incompatibility Groups

2. Run a query using one of the following criteria:

■ Phase sequence

■ Phase name

■ Incompatibility group

■ Phase sequence and incompatibility group

4-82 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 177: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Promotional Limits

3. View the following information for each modifier line that displays:

■ Incompatibility Group

■ Modifier Name

■ List Type

■ Line Number

■ Line Type

■ Application Method

■ Start Date Active

■ End Date Active

■ Benefit Quantity

■ Value

■ Product Precedence

■ Product Attribute

■ Product Attribute Value

■ Benefit UOM

■ Accrual Flag

■ Recurring Flag

Perform steps 4-7 for each modifier whose incompatibility group you want to change.

4. Select a modifier and choose Modifiers.

Note: If you query a phase without specifying an incompatibility Group, the form returns all modifier lines for this phase, even if they do not have an assigned incompatibility group.

Note: You can only update Incompatibility Group.

Modifiers 4-83

Page 178: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Promotional Limits

Figure 4–27 Define Modifier

5. The Define Modifier window for the modifier list to which modifier line belongs displays.

6. You can select a different group from the list of values.

7. Save your work.

4-84 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 179: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Redeeming Accruals

Redeeming AccrualsYou can mark accrued price adjustments as redeemed and record redemption transaction information. In addition, you can unredeem coupons recorded as redeemed in error.

To redeem accruals:1. Navigate to the Redeem Accruals window.

Figure 4–28 Redeem Accruals

2. Query accrual records.

3. Perform steps 4-7 for each accrual that you want to redeem.

Note: You cannot create an accrual record in this window.

Note: Clear Redeem and enter customer name to find all unredeemed accruals for a customer. The form only displays accrual records that the pricing engine created.

Modifiers 4-85

Page 180: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Redeeming Accruals

4. Select Redeem.

5. Enter the reference number from the system that redeemed the accrual in Transaction Reference.

6. Enter the name of the system that issued the payment for the accrual in Payment System.

7. Enter Redeemed Date. It defaults to the current date.

8. To mark a redeemed accrual record as unredeemed, clear Redeem. Verify that: Transaction Reference, Payment System, Redeemed Date are blank.

9. Save your work.

Note: You can not mark an accrual record as partially redeemed. For example, a customer purchases a computer and accrues 100 air miles. You cannot mark 60 air miles redeemed at one time and 40 air miles redeemed at a later time.

4-86 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 181: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

For

5

Formulas

This chapter describes formulas and includes following topics:

■ Overview of Formulas on page 5-2

■ Updating Formula Prices on page 5-12

mulas 5-1

Page 182: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Formulas

Overview of FormulasFormulas consist of mathematical expressions that the pricing engine uses to calculate the list prices of items and discounts applied to them. You can use formulas to:

■ Create a price from a computation as an alternative to entering prices in a price list.

■ Calculate a price adjustment. For example, you can instruct the pricing engine to calculate a discount by attaching a formula to a discount line.

■ Set up and maintain formulas based on component types.

■ Link them to a price list line or a modifier line.

When you attach a formula to a price list line, you typically do not enter a price for that line because the pricing engine uses the formula to calculate the final list price of the product or service. One exception is attaching a formula that has a list price as Formula Type: in this case, you must enter the list price (base price) for the formula to use in its calculations.

When a formula is attached to a line in a price list, you can choose between Dynamic or Static formula calculations:

Dynamic calculation: The list price resulting from the formula calculation is not calculated or stored anywhere until the sales order is entered with that Price List line item. When the sales order is entered, the pricing engine evaluates the formula and displays the final list price on the order.

Static calculation: If the formula is attached to a price list line for static calculation of the final list price, you can run a concurrent program at any time to calculate the final list price using the formula upfront (not wait until order entry time) and also store it in the price list.

Note: You can attach a formula that has a List Price component to price list lines and to modifier lines. See Oracle Advanced Pricing, Price Lists.

5-2 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 183: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating a Pricing Formula

Creating a Pricing FormulaYou can set up and update formulas and formula lines in the Pricing Formulas window. A formula is a valid mathematical expression that the Oracle database supports to determine the list prices of items and the discounts applied to those items. The formula lines provide details about each part of the formula.

A formula can contain any of the following:

■ Parentheses: for example, (and)

■ Mathematical operators: for example, +, -, /, and *

■ Built-in functions: for example, NVL, SQRT, and MOD

■ Operands: Operands are step numbers about which you provide more detail. You can use as many step numbers as you need, up to the limit of the field. You can repeat a step number in a formula, for example, 1+2*2.

The valid formula (1+2*SQRT(3)) / 4 contains:

■ 1, 2, 3, and 4 as operands

■ +, *, and / as mathematical operators

■ SQRT as a built in function

■ Parentheses to group the operands and operators

For each preceding step number, you need to create four formula lines since the formula has four step numbers.

Oracle Advanced Pricing uses the formula line and evaluates it to obtain the value of the operand and calculates a formula. It does not use the face value of the step number.

You assign one of the following types to each formula line:

■ Function: The function GET_CUSTOM_PRICE retrieves a price from an external system and uses it in the formula calculation. You create the program logic to map to the external data source by developing PL/SQL

Note: An operand is not a numeric constant. If you want to use a numeric constant in a formula, you must create a step number in the formula expression and then assign the numeric constant to the step number in a formula line

Formulas 5-3

Page 184: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating a Pricing Formula

program packages. The function GET_CUSTOM_PRICE returns a numeric value.

■ List price: The price of the item in a specific price list to which you have attached a formula.

■ Factor list: A list of factors that you can link to multiple pricing attributes or a range of these attributes. The pricing engine evaluates the formula, then chooses one of these factors depending into which range the actual pricing attribute of the item falls.

For example, a step in the formula has a different factor defined for different ranges of glass thickness; a glass with thickness between 0.1 and 0.3 mm has a factor of 3 and a glass with thickness between 0.4 and 0.8 mm has a factor of 5. The pricing engine determines which factor qualifies when it evaluates an order and applies this factor in the formula calculation.

You can also relate multiple factor conditions. For example, if the base pricing attribute for glass thickness is between 0.1 and 0.3 mm AND the length of the glass is between 0.5 and 2 m, apply the factor of 3 OR if the base pricing attribute for glass thickness is between 0.4 and 0.8 mm AND the length of the glass is between 0.5 and 2 m, apply the factor of 5.

■ Modifier Value: Uses the value that is entered in the Value field from the Define Modifier window > Discounts/Charges tab.

■ Numeric constant: A numeric value.

■ Price list line: The price of the item in a specific line number of a specific price list.

■ Pricing attribute: The absolute value of a pricing attribute (such as thickness or height) of an item.

Pricing attributes are characteristics of products and services that you can specify when the characteristics help to determine the price of a product or service. Distance, age of a related product, customer class, product family group, and level of service are examples of pricing attributes.You can specify one or a combination of pricing attributes and assign them to a product or service. At order entry time, the pricing engine evaluates the attributes you have specified during formula setup to calculate the price.

You can define as many attributes as you need to meet your pricing business needs. For example, you may use the formula 1*2 to calculate the price of a glass item. Step 1 is a pricing attribute for thickness and step 2 is the list price to calculate the price of a glass item; if 100 is the base price of

5-4 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 185: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating a Pricing Formula

the glass item and 0.3 is the value of the thickness attribute of the glass then the pricing engine evaluates the formula as 0.3*100 which is 30.

Null Values in FormulasDuring formula calculation, if a step results in a null value, the formula fails. For example, in the formula 1*2, step 2 is of type Pricing Attribute, pricing attribute context is Physical Attribute, pricing attribute is Volume, and the user should supply the volume at order entry time.

Since the user may not provide a volume use the NVL expression in the formula to point to a step that evaluates to a non-null value. Change the formula to 1* NVL(2,3). In the formula line for step number 3, arrange for a non-null value, for example the numeric constant 8. If the user does not provide a value for volume, the pricing engine uses 8 in the formula calculation.

If the expression does not use NVL in the expression, and the step number evaluates to NULL, the entire expression evaluates to NULL, the formula calculation fails, and the calling application processes the failure.

GET_CUSTOM_PRICEThe following diagram illustrates the GET_CUSTOM_PRICE function. It shows several formulas which reference price lists and discounts. When the pricing engine evaluates a formula, it passes the formula, price list, and discount information to GET_CUSTOM_PRICE. GET_CUSTOM_PRICE returns a value, the pricing engine uses that value to calculate the formula and returns the formula value to the calling application.

After the diagram, the text explains the GET_CUSTOM_PRICE function in more detail.

Formulas 5-5

Page 186: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating a Pricing Formula

Figure 5–1 Get Custom Price

To use the Function formula type, modify the function GET_CUSTOM_PRICE. Write custom code in the function body that uses the standard input parameters. You can only write a function body that returns a number.

You can use the GET_CUSTOM_PRICE function in more than one formula.The formula ID is an input parameter which you can use to differentiate code logic among formulas.

To use the return value in a formula, do the following:

■ Set up a formula having a formula line of type Function.

■ Set the system profile option QP: Get Custom Price Customized to Yes at the Site level. If the pricing engine evaluates custom code within the GET_CUSTOM_PRICE function and the profile option is No, the formula calculation fails, and the calling application processes the failure.

5-6 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 187: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating a Pricing Formula

GET_CUSTOM_PRICE is in the package QP_CUSTOM and its specification is QPXCUSTS.pls. QP_FORMULA_PRICE_CALC_PVT calls QP_CUSTOM.Get_Custom_Price().

The pricing engine passes the parameters to the function. You may not change the GET_CUSTOM_PRICE parameters which are:

■ p_price_formula_id: Primary key of the formula that uses the Get_Custom_Price function.

■ p_list_price: List price on the price list line to which the formula using Get_Custom_Price is attached. May be null.

■ p_price_effective_date: Pricing Effective Date, the date for which the pricing engine is evaluating the formula.

■ p_req_line_attrs_tbl: PL/SQL table of records containing context, attribute, and attribute value records for product and pricing attributes and a column indicating the type (Product Attribute or Pricing Attribute). The engine passes only the pricing and product Attributes of the price list line to which the formula is attached.

Formulas 5-7

Page 188: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating a Pricing Formula

To create a pricing formula:1. Navigate to the Pricing Formulas window.

Figure 5–2 Pricing Formulas

2. Enter a pricing formula Name.

3. Enter a pricing formula Description.

4. Enter the effective start and end dates for the pricing formula.

5. Enter the Formula. The formula is an arithmetic expression made up of step numbers which can be created in the Formula Lines region. You can repeat step numbers in the formula.

In the Formula Lines region, do steps 6-9 for each component of the formula.

6. Select one of the following Formula Types:

■ Function

■ List Price

■ Factor List

5-8 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 189: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating a Pricing Formula

■ Modifier Value

■ Numeric Constant

■ Price List Line

■ Pricing Attribute

7. Enter the following information depending on Formula Type:

■ Function: Component displays GET_CUSTOM_PRICE. You must write the function in this PL/SQL package and it must return a number. Please refer to Figure 5.2 for an overview of GET_CUSTOM_PRICE.

■ Factor List: Select or enter the name of a factor list in Component. To use an existing factor list, select it from the list of values. To create a new factor list, enter the name and the form creates it.

■ Numeric Constant: Enter the numeric constant in Component.

■ Price List Line: In Component, select a price list and item number from the list of values.

■ Pricing attribute: Select the pricing context in Pricing Attribute Context. Select the pricing attribute name in Pricing Attribute.

8. Enter the step number for the component. You cannot repeat step numbers in this region even though you can repeat step numbers in the formula.

9. The Reqd Flag check box is currently not used by the pricing engine except if you are using custom code for tracking formula line information. If you are using custom code for this purpose, then enable the Reqd Flag check box to track.

10. Save your work.

Note: A formula which has a Modifier Value as a component cannot be attached to a Price List line.

Note: A formula which has List Price as a component and is attached to a Price List Line gets the list price from the Value entered in a Price List line.

Formulas 5-9

Page 190: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating a Pricing Formula

To define factor list details:1. If the Formula Type is Factor List, choose the Factors button in the Pricing

Formulas window to display the Factors window.

Figure 5–3 Factors

In the Base Pricing Attributes region, perform steps 2-9 for each base pricing attribute factor.

2. Select a value for Base Pricing Attribute Context.

If you have multiple entries, you must use the same base context in this region (to create an OR condition); the pricing engine chooses one of the entries. Use the Associate Pricing Attributes region to associate additional contexts with the base context (to create an AND condition where both attributes must be present to qualify).

3. Select a value for Base Pricing Attribute.

4. Select a comparison Operator and enter the Value From/To:

If you select the operator Between, you must enter a value for Value From. If you do not enter a value for Value To, it defaults to unlimited.

5-10 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 191: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating a Pricing Formula

If you select =, you must enter Value From and you cannot enter Value To.

5. Enter the Adjustment Factor.

6. Enter Start Date and End Date range for this attribute in this factor list.

7. Perform the next two steps for each associate pricing attribute.

8. In the Associate Pricing Attributes region, select an Associated Pricing Attribute Context and Associated Pricing Attribute to associate with the base pricing attribute context and base pricing attribute values (to create an AND condition).

9. Select a comparison Operator and enter the Value From/To:

■ If you select the operator Between, you must enter a value for Value From. If you do not enter a value for Value To, it defaults to unlimited.

■ If you select =, you must enter Value From and you cannot enter Value To.

10. Save your work.

Note: The effectivity of this pricing attribute in this factor list also applies in all other formulas that use this factor list.

Formulas 5-11

Page 192: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Updating Formula Prices

Updating Formula PricesUse process when you use static formulas to set list prices.

When you attach a formula to a price list line, you can choose:

■ Dynamic calculation: When you enter an order the pricing engine uses the formula to calculate list price.

■ Static calculation: Prior to order entry, you execute a concurrent process which calculates the list price.

To update formula prices:1. Navigate to the Update Formula Prices window.

Figure 5–4 Update Rule Prices

2. To instruct the process to calculate formula-based prices for price list lines whose formulas you have added or changed since the process last executed, select New and Modified Lines Only of Price Lists.

To instruct the process to calculate formula-based prices for all price list lines, clear New and Modified Lines Only of Price Lists.

3. To instruct the process to consider price list lines that have any formula, select Update All Pricing Formulas for Price Lists.

To instruct the process to consider price list lines that have a certain formula:

■ Select Update Individual Pricing Formula for Price Lists

■ In Pricing Formula, select the pricing formula from the list of values.

The process applies this choice after it selects the price list lines according to the criteria for Step 2.

5-12 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 193: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Updating Formula Prices

4. Click Submit. The request ID is displayed in the Request ID field.

Formulas 5-13

Page 194: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Updating Formula Prices

5-14 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 195: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Price

6

Price Lists

This chapter describes price lists and includes the following topics:

■ Overview of Price Lists on page 6-2

■ Copying a Price List on page 6-22

■ Adjusting a Price List on page 6-24

■ Adding Items to a Price List on page 6-26

■ Creating a GSA Price List on page 6-28

Lists 6-1

Page 196: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Price Lists

Overview of Price ListsPrice lists are essential to ordering products because each item entered on an order must have a price. Each price list contains basic list information and one or more pricing lines, price breaks, pricing attributes, qualifiers, and secondary price lists. Basic information includes the price list name, effective dates, currency, pricing controls, rounding factor, and shipping defaults such as freight terms and freight carrier.

Effective DatesPrice lists can have starting and ending dates. This allows you to prepare price lists ahead of when they are valid and to ensure they will not be used until their start dates.

Inactive Price ListsYou can temporarily or permanently inactivate a price list using the Active check box. Once a price list is inactivated, you can still do the following:

■ Query the inactive price list: In query mode, the check box is enabled, but the underlying value is null. To retrieve only inactive price lists, unable the check box; to retrieve only price lists that are active, unable the check box, then select it.

■ Update it.

■ Base a formula on an inactive price list.

Price List CurrencyIf you have international sales, you can record transactions in different currencies by defining a price list for each currency. After entering the currency for an order or return, you must choose a price list in the same currency.

Rounding FactorYou can define the number of places to the right or left of the decimal point to which the pricing engine rounds prices from price lists and modifiers from modifier lists. If you enter a negative number, you increase the number of characters to the

Note: The pricing engine does select inactive price lists when doing a pricing request. Other applications can call an inactive price list and use relevant information.

6-2 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 197: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Price Lists

right of the decimal point. If you enter a positive number, you affect more columns to the left of the decimal point. If you enter zero, you affect nothing

Rounding factor -3 indicates rounding to the nearest thousands (for example, 1.1445 rounds to 1.145). Rounding factor 2 indicates rounding to the nearest hundreds for example 107 rounds to 100).

Secondary Price ListsThe pricing engine uses secondary price lists when it cannot determine the price for an item using the price list assigned to an order. Primary and secondary price lists have the same currency.

If the item that you are ordering an item is not in the primary price list, the pricing engine uses the highest-precedence secondary price list (the secondary price list with the lowest value for the precedence field).

If an item appears on both the primary and a secondary price list with the same effective dates, the pricing engine uses the primary price list to price the item. If an item appears on the primary price list but is not active (the effective end date has passed), the pricing engine uses the price on the secondary price list.

Agreement Price ListsOracle Advanced Pricing allows you to establish agreements with your customers that define the prices, payment terms, and freight terms that you negotiate.

There are two methods by which you can manage agreements:

■ Standard agreements which use standard price lists (PRL)

■ Pricing agreements which use agreement price lists (AGR)

Defining Price ListsPrice lists contain item and item category prices. You can define and maintain multiple price lists.

You can define the following types of prices on price lists:

■ Unit price: A fixed price.

Note. You can limit the rounding factor value by the number of positions you specify in the extended precision format of the price list’s currency—profile option QP_UNIT_PRICE_PRECISION_TYPE.

Price Lists 6-3

Page 198: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Price Lists

■ Percent Price: A price which is a percent of the price of another item.

■ Formula: Multiple pricing entities and constant values related by arithmetic operators. For example, you define the price of an item to be a percentage price of another price list line.

■ Price Break: If the price of an item varies with the quantity ordered, you can define bracket pricing or price breaks. The following table illustrates a price break:

There are two types of price breaks:

■ Point: The pricing engine retrieves the absolute price that brackets the attribute.

■ Range: The pricing engine computes the price based on the range of price breaks defined, starting from the lowest value of the price related to the attribute.

You must enter both Value From and Value To. To create no upper limit, enter all 9’s in Value To. You cannot overlap ranges between the price ranges of price break; for example, if one price range is from 1 to 11, you cannot have another price range that is 5 to 20.

If you define a price break for an item category, all the items within the category are eligible for the price break.

Qualifier Grouping Number OptionsYou can attach both qualifiers and qualifier groups to price list lines. When you attach qualifier groups, you are attaching all of the qualifiers in the qualifier group. The qualifier grouping number is important when you attach multiple qualifiers because it indicates to the pricing engine how to evaluate the qualifiers:

■ Qualifiers with the same grouping number are evaluated as a boolean AND condition (an entity must meet all of the conditions to qualify).

Table 6–1 Price Breaks

Attribute Value Value From Value To Price

Item Number

A11111 1 11 50

Item Number

A11111 12 <all 9’s> 45

6-4 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 199: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Price Lists

■ Qualifiers with different grouping numbers are evaluated as a boolean OR condition (an entity must meet one of the conditions to qualify).

Before you attach multiple qualifier groups, you must indicate how the process should coordinate the grouping numbers. You select one of the following grouping number options:

■ Retain Grouping Numbers Across Qualifier Groups: The grouping numbers of each attached qualifier remains as it appears in its qualifier group. In this case, the collection of attached qualifiers does not mirror the AND and OR combinations within each of the original qualifier groups.

■ Generate Unique Grouping Numbers Across Qualifier Groups: The process maintains the AND and OR combinations within each of the original qualifier groups and then create OR conditions between the groups. It attaches the first qualifier group with grouping numbers as is, then finds the highest grouping number used, increases it by one, and increases all of the grouping numbers of the second group by this number. It attaches subsequent groups in the same manner, using the highest grouping number used by the just previously attached group.

■ Both: If you attach qualifiers using one option and then reaccess the window and attach additional qualifiers using the other option, the second round qualifiers attach differently depending on the option. If the second round option is Retain Grouping Numbers Across Qualifier Groups, the process attaches those qualifiers among the already existing qualifiers. If the second round option is Generate Unique Grouping Numbers Across Qualifier Groups, the process begins attaching groups using grouping numbers incremented from the highest existing grouping number.

Several tables that follow show how the process sets the grouping numbers when you use each option. The following table shows the sample qualifier groups for these examples and, after the table, the text clarifies how to translate the table information into qualifier logic:

Table 6–2 Selected Qualifier Groups

Qualifier Group Qualifier

Qualifier Grouping Number

G1 Q1 1

G1 Q2 2

G1 Q3 2

Price Lists 6-5

Page 200: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Price Lists

The grouping numbers within group G1, for example, create the qualification that the entity qualifies if it meets condition Q1 OR (condition Q2 AND condition Q3) OR condition Q4.

The following table shows the results of combining the sample qualifier groups using the option Retain Grouping Numbers Across Qualifier Groups. The table emphasizes the combination of qualifiers from different qualifier groups into the same qualifier grouping number:

G1 Q4 3

Null Null Null

G2 Q5 1

G2 Q6 1

G2 Q7 1

Null Null Null

G3 Q8 1

G3 Q9 2

G3 Q10 3

Table 6–3 Option: Retain Grouping Numbers Across Qualifier Groups

Qualifier Group Qualifier

Qualifier Grouping Number

G1 Q1 1

G2 Q5 1

G2 Q6 1

G2 Q7 1

G3 Q8 1

Null Null Null

G1 Q2 2

Table 6–2 Selected Qualifier Groups

Qualifier Group Qualifier

Qualifier Grouping Number

6-6 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 201: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Price Lists

The following table shows the results of combining the sample qualifier groups using the option Generate Unique Grouping Numbers Across Qualifier Groups. The table emphasizes the preservation of each qualifier group with recalculation of qualifier grouping numbers:

G1 Q3 2

G3 Q9 2

Null Null Null

G1 Q4 3

G3 Q10 3

Table 6–4 Option: Generate Unique Grouping Numbers Across Qualifier Groups

Qualifier Group Qualifier

Qualifier Grouping Number

G1 Q1 1

G1 Q2 2

G1 Q3 2

G1 Q4 3

Null Null Null

G2 Q5 4 (3 + 1)

G2 Q6 4 (3 + 1)

G2 Q7 4 (3 + 1)

Null Null Null

G3 Q8 5 (4 + 1)

G3 Q9 6 (4 + 2)

G3 Q10 7 (4 + 3)

Table 6–3 Option: Retain Grouping Numbers Across Qualifier Groups

Qualifier Group Qualifier

Qualifier Grouping Number

Price Lists 6-7

Page 202: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating a Price List

Creating a Price ListUse this process to create and change price lists.

To create a price list:1. Navigate to the Advanced Pricing - Price Lists window.

Figure 6–1 Price Lists

2. Enter a name for the price list.

3. Enable the Mobile Download check box if you are using an Oracle Mobile application and want to download specific price lists onto a mobile device such as a laptop computer. The default value is No (unabled).

You can enable or unable the Mobile Download check box either when creating or updating a price list.

4. To activate the price list, enable the Active check box.

5. Enter a description of the price list.

6-8 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 203: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating a Price List

6. Enter the price list currency.

7. Enter a rounding factor to be applied to the price list in the Round To field.

■ A positive number indicates number of places to the left of the decimal point. A negative number indicates number of places to the right of the decimal point. The default is -2.

■ The pricing engine rounds the base price and all discount amounts before using them in calculations.

The value returned depends on the value that you have set for the profile option QP_UNIT_PRICE_PRECISION_TYPE:

■ Standard: The rounding factor defaults to the currency's precision value. You can override the rounding factor to any value greater than or equal to the currency's precision value.

■ Extended: The rounding factor defaults to the currency's extended precision value. You can override the rounding factor to any value greater than or equal to the currency's extended precision value.

8. Enter the starting and ending effectivity dates of this price list in Effective Dates.

The Start Date defaults to the current date.

9. Enter a default payment term.

10. Enter default freight terms.

11. Enter default freight carrier.

12. Enter a comment in Comments.

In the List Lines tab:

1. Select Item in Product Context.

2. In Product Attribute, select a segment in the item context of the Pricing Context descriptive flexfield, for example, Item, Item Category, or All Items.

3. Enter the product attribute value for the segment such as Item or Item Category.

Note: Use All Items to define a modifier that applies to all items in your product hierarchy.

Price Lists 6-9

Page 204: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating a Price List

4. The unit of measure defaults from the item master of the validation organization. You can change it to any valid unit of measure for that item.

5. Choose an Application Method:

■ Unit Price for inventory items and item categories

■ Either Unit Price or Percent Price for service items

6. Enter Operand and Formula as follows:

■ For inventory items and item categories, enter the base list price of the item in Operand.

■ For service items, enter a value in the Operand. If Application Method is Unit Price, enter the base list price of the item. If Application Method is Percent Price, enter a percent of another item's price.

7. Enter either a static formula in Static Formula or a dynamic formula in Dynamic Formula.

■ If you enter a static formula, run a concurrent process to calculate the value. The result of the calculation changes the value of Value.

■ If you enter a dynamic formula, you only need to enter Value if the formula includes list price as one of the formula components. At pricing time, the pricing engine calculates the price of the item using the formula. If the formula does not return a price, the engine uses the value of Price as the price.

For more information on formulas, see Oracle Advanced Pricing, Formulas.

8. Enter the start and end dates of this price list line in Start Date and End Date. The dates should be within the start and end effectivity dates of the price list.

9. Select Price List Line for Line Type.

10. Enter a value for the product precedence.

When the pricing engine is trying to locate a price, it uses precedence to resolve conflicts when it selects more than one price list line from a price list.

11. Select Primary UOM if this price list line unit of measure is the primary pricing unit of measure for the item. The pricing engine uses the primary pricing unit of measure and the Oracle Inventory unit of measure conversion information to price an order whose unit of measure does not have a price list line. For example, a price list has two price list lines for item A11111, one with unit of measure EA—the primary UOM—and one for boxes. When the pricing engine

6-10 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 205: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating a Price List

receives an order in unit of measure CS, it accesses the unit of measure conversion tables to convert CS to EA.

12. Save your work

To define pricing attributes:1. Click Pricing Attributes in the List Lines tabbed region to display the Pricing

Attributes window.

Figure 6–2 Pricing Attributes

2. Enter a pricing context.

3. Enter a pricing attribute.

4. Select = or BETWEEN for Operator.

5. Enter Value From.

6. If the Operator is BETWEEN, enter Value To.

7. Save your work.

Note: The pricing attributes are joined as AND conditions since they apply to one price list line.

Price Lists 6-11

Page 206: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating a Price List

To define price breaks:1. Click Price Breaks in the List Lines tab to display the Price Breaks window. You

can only enter price breaks when the Line Type is Price Break Header.

Figure 6–3 Price Breaks

Complete the remaining steps for each price break that you want to define.

2. The Pricing Context is Volume.

3. For Pricing Attribute, you must select the same value for all entries in this window. The list of values displays all of the Volume context attributes except Item Amount which you cannot use.

4. Enter the Value From/To.

5. Choose the Application Method:

■ Unit Price for inventory items and item categories

■ Either Unit Price or Percent Price for service items

6. Enter Operand and Formula as follows:

■ For inventory items and item categories, enter the base list price of the item in Operand.

■ For service items, enter a value in the Operand. If Application Method is Unit Price, enter the base list price of the item. If Application Method is Percent Price, enter a percent of another item's price.

6-12 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 207: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating a Price List

■ Enter either a static formula in Static Formula or a dynamic formula in Dynamic Formula.

If you enter a static formula, run a concurrent process to calculate the value. The result of the calculation changes the value of Value.

If you enter a dynamic formula, you only need to enter Value if the formula includes list price as one of the formula components. At pricing time, the pricing engine calculates the price of the item using the formula. If the formula does not return a price, the engine uses the value of Price as the price.

7. Save your work.

To reference secondary price lists:1. Choose the Secondary Price List tab.

Figure 6–4 Price Lists

Complete the remaining steps for each price break that you want to define.

Price Lists 6-13

Page 208: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating a Price List

2. Select a price list in Secondary Price List.

3. Save your work.

Note: If you enter more than one secondary price list, all precedences fill with 140 and you must establish an order of precedence for the secondary price lists.

The pricing engine evaluates the precedence of the secondary price list along with the product precedence on the list lines to determine the most eligible price list line. For example:

■ Secondary Price List A: Precedence 100; Item X: Precedence 140; List price 15

■ Secondary Price List B: Precedence 130; Item X: Precedence 120; List price 20

■ The pricing engine selects the price of 20 because its secondary price list precedence is higher.

6-14 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 209: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating a Price List

To attach qualifiers:1. Select the Qualifiers tab.

Figure 6–5 Price Lists: Qualifiers tab

2. You can either enter qualifiers or attach qualifier groups:

To enter qualifiers:

3. Enter the required field Grouping Number. Qualifiers with the same grouping number generate an AND condition and qualifiers with different grouping numbers generate an OR condition.

4. Enter Qualifier Context:

■ Enter Qualifier Attribute. If you use Qualifier Context Volume, the list of values displays all of the Volume context attributes except Order Amount which you cannot use.

5. Enter Operator, Value From, and Value To.

Price Lists 6-15

Page 210: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating a Price List

6. The field Value From Meaning displays additional details of the qualifier when you query a qualifier after saving it. For example, if the context is CUSTOMER and the attribute is Ship To, Value From displays the customer name and Value From Meaning displays the site use location for the customer. If the context/attribute combination has no additional details, Value From and Value From Meaning are identical.

7. Enter Start Date and End Date.

To attach qualifier groups:

1. Select Copy Group to display the Qualifier Groups window:

Note: Some qualifiers use large valusets, for example, those based on all customers. For the Value From and Value To fields, if you want to reduce the number of items that display in the list of values:

■ Enter search criteria in the field

■ Click the list of values indicator

If you do not enter search criteria and click the list of values indicator, you see a window which advises that you have not entered search criteria and that the search may take a long time:

■ If you want to see a reduced list of values display, click No, enter search criteria, and click the list of values indicator

■ If you want to see the entire list of values display, click Yes.

■ If you do not want to see the list of values, click Cancel.

Set the profile option QP: Valueset Lookup Filter to avoid this message.

6-16 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 211: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating a Price List

Figure 6–6 Qualifier Groups

2. Select the qualifier groups that you want to attach. All the qualifiers that are associated with the group will appear in the Qualifiers tabbed region.

3. Select one of the grouping options (Retain Grouping Numbers Across Qualifier Groups or Generate Unique Grouping Numbers Across Qualifier Groups). For more details on the effect of these options, see the information in the Overview of Price Lists, Qualifier Grouping Options section.

For more information on qualifiers, see Oracle Advanced Pricing, Creating Qualifier Groups.

4. Save your work.

Note: After selecting the qualifier groups that you want, attend to the grouping numbers to verify that the window displays the correct combination of AND and OR conditions

Price Lists 6-17

Page 212: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating a Price List

Copying a Price List lineIn the Price List window, you can duplicate an existing pricing line in the same price list. This saves you time from manually re-entering a new pricing line. Although the price list information and pricing attributes are duplicated, Price Break details from the source line are not copied.

To copy the price list line:1. Enter a new price list or query an existing price list.

2. Navigate to the line below the price list line to be copied.

3. Choose one of the following to duplicate the line:

■ Type the Shift+F6 keys.

■ From the Edit menu, select Duplicate > Record Above to duplicate the price list line.

4. You can change Product Value or Effective Dates to avoid a duplicate list line error from occurring in the same Price List.

5. Save your work.

6-18 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 213: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Maintaining a Price List

Maintaining a Price ListYou can:

■ Manually add lines to a price list

■ Copy an existing price list or copy a range of lines from one pricelist to another

■ Copy a price list line within the same price list

■ Add a new group of inventory items to a price list by specifying a range

■ Add a new group of inventory items to a price list by specifying an item category

Copying a Price ListYou can quickly create a new price list by copying an existing price list. Only active price list lines (those with an effective end date later than the current date) can be copied.

You can also copy:

■ active discounts from the original price list.

■ the effective dates from the original price list lines.

You can copy an existing Standard price list type to a new Standard price list, or an existing Agreement price list to a new Agreement price list. After the price list is copied, you can create a new agreement and attach the new price list to the agreement.

Adding Inventory Items to a Price ListWhen you add inventory items to a price list, you can specify an item status, such as active or planned; an item category, such as hardware or software; or a range of items. You can request the price to be either zero or the items’ costs in a specific inventory organization. Later, you can adjust the prices to your selling price.

The process only adds items that exist in the item validation inventory organization and that are not on the price list, even if they are inactive on the price list.

If you want to add items from an item category, you must first define the default inventory category set for Order Management. When you add items from an item

Note: When you copy a price list, the new price list has the same currency as the original price list.

Price Lists 6-19

Page 214: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Maintaining a Price List

category, the process adds all items of the item category to the price list; it does not add the item category.

Updating Prices (manually) for Price List Lines You can always manually change the price on an existing price list line. If you type over the existing price, the new price is effective for new orders as soon as you save your changes.

If you use price list line effectivity dates, you can maintain a historical record of your prices.

Adjusting Price ListsYou can increase or decrease the list price of price list lines by an amount or percentage. You can apply the increase or decrease to all lines on the price list, lines that belong to an item category, lines with items of a certain status, lines created on a specified date, or lines having a range of items. Mass changes do not maintain price history.

6-20 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 215: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Deleting Price List Information

Querying Price List LinesWhen querying price list lines, use the Find Price List Lines query window (from the toolbar Find icon) to find specific price list lines. You provide the product attribute context (for example, Item), product attribute (for example, Item Number), and product attribute value (for example, Product A).

Deleting Price List InformationYou cannot delete a price list once it has been created. However, if a price list is no longer required, you can make it ineffective by entering an end date for the price list. The price list becomes inactive on the end date.

Note: If you search using the Find Price List Lines window instead of using a query-by-example on the Price Lists form, you may reduce the time that you need to wait for the search results.

Price Lists 6-21

Page 216: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Copying a Price List

Copying a Price ListUse this process to create a new price list by copying information from an existing price list.

To copy a price list:1. Navigate to the Copy Price List window.

Figure 6–7 Copy Price List

2. Move to the Copy From region.

3. Select the price list you want to copy. The price list can be either type Standard (PRL) or type Agreement (AGR).

The Currency and Description display.

Perform either or both of steps 4 and 5 to select the items that you want added to the price list.

4. Enter a range of items to add.

6-22 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 217: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Copying a Price List

5. Select an item category and item category set to limit the items to add.When you add items from an item category, the process adds all items of the item category to the price list; it does not add the item category.

6. Select Include Discounts to instruct the process to copy discounts.

7. Select Retain Effective Dates to instruct the process to copy the effective dates of price list lines.

8. Move to the Copy to region.

9. Enter the Name of the new price list.The price list can be either type Standard (PRL) or type Agreement (AGR).

10. Enter the Description of the new price list.

11. Enter the Effective Dates of the new price list.

12. Click Submit. The request ID is displayed in the Request ID field.

Note: You cannot use wild cards when you specify the beginning and ending item numbers.

Note: You must enter both Item Category Set and Item Category for this criteria to be effective.

Note: The process does not copy the effective dates of the price list. You specify the effective dates for the new price list.

Price Lists 6-23

Page 218: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Adjusting a Price List

Adjusting a Price ListUse this process to adjust the prices on price lists.

To adjust a price list:1. Navigate to the Adjust Price List window.

Figure 6–8 Adjust Price List

2. Select the price list you want to adjust.

The Currency and Description of the price list display.

Perform any or all of steps 3-6 to select the items that you want added to the price list.

3. Enter a range of items to adjust.

4. Select an Item Category and Item Category Set to limit the items to adjust.When you adjust items from an item category, the process adjusts all items of the item category to the price list; it does not adjust the item category.

Note: You cannot use wild cards when you specify the beginning and ending item numbers.

6-24 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 219: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Adjusting a Price List

5. Enter an Item Status to limit the items to adjust.

6. Enter a Creation Date to limit the items to adjust. Pricing adjusts only the items added to the price list on that date.

7. In the Adjust By field, select Percent or Amount:

■ Percent: The process increases or decreases the Operand by a percentage. Enter the percentage in the second field.

■ Amount: The process increases or decreases the Operand by a fixed amount. Enter the fixed amount in the second field.

8. Choose Submit. The request ID is displayed in the Request ID field.

Note: You must enter both Item Category Set and Item Category for this criteria to be effective.

Price Lists 6-25

Page 220: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Adding Items to a Price List

Adding Items to a Price ListUse this process to add items from the item master file to price lists.

You must first define a price list header.

To add items to a price list:1. Navigate to the Add Items to Price List window.

Figure 6–9 Add Items to Price List

2. Select the price list to add items.

Perform any or all of steps 3-5 to select the items that you want added to the price list.

3. Enter a range of items to add.

Note: Pricing submits a concurrent process when you add inventory items. The concurrent process only adds new items to a price list; it does not replace existing items, even if the existing items are ineffective.

6-26 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 221: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Adding Items to a Price List

4. Select an item category and item category set to limit the items to add.When you add items from an item category, the process adds all items of the item category to the price list; it does not add the item category.

5. Enter an item status to limit the items to add.

6. Select Set List Price Equal to Cost From if you have Oracle Inventory installed and you want to set the list price of the inventory item equal to its cost.

7. Enter Inventory Organization to limit the source of the items to add to those in the organization. If you do not specify an organization, the process uses the organization specified in the profile option QP_ORGANIZATION_ID.

8. Choose the Submit button. The request ID is displayed in the Request ID field.

Note: You cannot use wild cards when you specify the beginning and ending item numbers.

Note: You must enter both Item Category Set and Item Category for this criteria to be effective.

Note: The list price becomes zero if:

■ You clear List Price Equal to Cost From

■ Inventory Organization does not use the standard costing method

Price Lists 6-27

Page 222: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating a GSA Price List

Creating a GSA Price ListYou can use this process to define a GSA (General Services Administration) price list for your GSA customers. The GSA price list actually uses the Define Modifiers window to create a discount that adjusts the base price of the item to the GSA price.

A GSA (General Services Administration) is a customer classification that identifies the customer as a U.S. government customer. For products on the GSA price sheet, a fixed price must be used and defined on the GSA contract.

The items on the GSA price list cannot be sold to commercial customers for the same or less price than the government price. Therefore, the price offered to the government must be the minimum in the market. You can setup multiple GSA price lists that are effective during the same time period.

6-28 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 223: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating a GSA Price List

To create a GSA price list:1. Navigate to the Define Modifier - Define GSA Price window.

Figure 6–10 Define Modifier - GSA Price List

2. In the Main tab, enter Discount List in Modifier List Type.

3. Enter the effective Start/End Date for the GSA price list.

4. Enter the GSA price list Description.

Note: GSA Price List actually uses the Define Modifiers window to set up your GSA prices.

Note: For OR conditions, create each qualifier with a different grouping number.

Price Lists 6-29

Page 224: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating a GSA Price List

5. In the Modifiers Summary tab, enter a modifier number as an identifier for the GSA price list.

The Level defaults to Line, and the Modifier Type defaults to Discount.

6. Enter the start date and end date of this GSA price list line.

7. Phase defaults to List Line Adjustment.

8. Incompatibility defaults to Exclusive.

9. Bucket defaults to 1.

10. Enter Item Number in Product Attribute.

11. Enter the item number in Product Attribute Value.

12. Enter the Precedence.

13. Enter the Item Unit of Measure.

14. In the Discounts/Charges tab, the Application Method defaults to Newprice.

15. Enter the item price in Value.

16. Save your work.

To create GSA list qualifiers:You can attach multiple GSA customers as qualifiers to a GSA Price List.

1. Click List Qualifiers.

Perform steps 2-10 for each customer with which you want to qualify the GSA price.

Note: Start date and end date on the discount line must be between the start date and end date of the GSA price list. The pricing engine uses the discount line dates to determine if this line is effective.

Note: You can only attach customers only at the list (header) level. You cannot assign line level qualifiers.

Do not change the qualifier flexfield sequence for the GSA qualifier in the flexfield setup.

6-30 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 225: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating a GSA Price List

2. Enter the Grouping Number.

3. Select either Customer or Modifier List for Qualifier Context.

4. Enter the Qualifier Attribute. Use a price list, customer, or customer site.

5. Enter Operator, Value From, and Value To.

6. Enter the start date and end date during which the Qualifier Context defaults to Customer.

7. The Qualifier Attribute defaults to Customer Name.

8. Precedence defaults from the item segment of the descriptive flexfield.

9. Enter the customer name in Value From.

10. Enter start date and end date for the customer.

11. Save your work.

Note: Since Qualifier Context is Customer, make OR conditions by creating each qualifier with a different grouping number.

Note: The start and end dates of the list qualifiers must be within the start and end date of the modifier list.

Price Lists 6-31

Page 226: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating a GSA Price List

6-32 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 227: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Agreem

7

Agreements

This chapter describes agreements and includes the topics:

■ Overview of Creating Agreements on page 7-2.

■ Creating Agreements on page 7-4.

■ Querying Agreements on page 7-12.

ents 7-1

Page 228: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Creating Agreements

Overview of Creating AgreementsOracle Advanced Pricing enables you to establish agreements with your customers that define the prices, payment terms, and freight terms that you negotiate. You can:

■ Define your agreements using customer part numbers and inventory item numbers.

■ Make revisions to the original terms and maintain these changes and their reasons under separate revision numbers.

■ Attach an already existing price list to the agreement or define new prices.

■ Assign optional price breaks by quantity. Price lists are exclusive by agreement.

■ Set effectivity dates for agreement terms.

■ Set payment terms including invoice rule and accounting rule.

■ Set freight terms including the freight carrier.

■ Apply agreement terms to sales orders by reference agreements.

Types of AgreementsThere are two methods by which you can manage agreements:

■ Standard agreements

■ Pricing agreements

The following table compares the two agreement management methods:

Table 7–1 Standard Agreements vs. Pricing Agreements

Standard Agreements Pricing Agreements

Agreement lines not allowed. Agreement lines required.

Associated with standard price list (type PRL).

Associated with agreement price list (type AGR).

Maintain and view price list lines through price list window.

Maintain and view price list lines through agreement window.

Use each standard price list with multiple standard agreements and to price orders not associated with an agreement.

Use each agreement price list with multiple pricing agreements. Not usable to price orders not associated with an agreement.

7-2 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 229: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Creating Agreements

Choose agreement types as follows:

■ Standard: Use to offer a negotiated price for an item to a customer.

■ Pricing: Use when, for example, you want to have one price list for all customers but to default special terms onto a sales order for a specific customer.

Customer MergeWhen you merge customers in Oracle Receivables, you can merge:

■ The information from one customer (the From customer) with the information from another customer (the To customer).

■ The information from one or more customer sites of that customer (the From sites) with the site information from the other customer (the To sites).

If the From customer is party to agreements, the Oracle Receivables merge process executes an Oracle Advanced Pricing process to update the following agreements information:

■ If you merge customer: The process changes the customer name on the agreement from the From customer to the To customer. Verify this change in the Pricing Agreements window, Agreement tabbed region, Customer and Cust Number fields.

■ If you merge sites: The process changes the invoice address from the From customer site to the To customer site. Verify this change in the Pricing Agreements window, Payment tabbed region, Invoice To and Address fields.

Cannot revise price list lines using agreement window.

Can revise price list lines using agreement window.

Agreement number not automatically created as a qualifier for the associated price list.

Agreement number automatically created as a qualifier for the associated price list. You can only use it to specify the pricing agreement on the order line.

Table 7–1 Standard Agreements vs. Pricing Agreements

Standard Agreements Pricing Agreements

Agreements 7-3

Page 230: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating Agreements

Creating AgreementsUse this process to create pricing agreements.

To create a price agreement1. Navigate to the Pricing Agreements window.

Figure 7–1 Pricing Agreements

2. In the Agreement region, enter a name for the agreement.

3. Enter a number for the agreement.

4. Enter an Agreement Number.

Note: The Agreement field does not display by default on the Oracle Order Management order header. You must use the Folder icon to display it.

7-4 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 231: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating Agreements

5. Select a Revision Date.

The revision date defaults to the current date.

6. Enter a Customer name. The customer number displays in Cust Number.

7. Select an Agreement Type.

8. Enter a Contact.

9. Enter the Effectivity Dates. They effectivity period defaults from the current date to two years from the current date.

10. Enter a salesperson name in Sales Person.

11. Enter the customer’s purchase order number in Purchase Order.

12. Enter the purchase order signature date in Signature Date.

In the Pricing region:

Note: If you want to create a revision:

■ Retrieve the current revision.

■ Change the ending effective date of the current revision to the appropriate date because different revisions of the same agreement cannot have overlapping start or end dates.

■ You cannot create a revision for an agreement unless the current version has effectivity dates. If the current revision does not have effectivity dates, add them now and save your work.

■ Clear the window.

■ Enter the same agreement name, the same agreement number, and a new revision number as if you are creating a new agreement.

Agreements 7-5

Page 232: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating Agreements

Figure 7–2 Pricing Agreements

13. Select the Price List Type:

■ To create a standard agreement, choose Standard Price List

■ To create a pricing agreement, choose Agreement Price List.

14. Choose a Price List:

■ For Standard Agreements: Choose from the list of values of existing standard price lists. These price lists were created using the Price List Setup window. The Currency, Rounding Factor, Description, and Comments fields will all default from the standard price list. This information cannot be changed on the Agreements header window.

■ For Pricing Agreements: You can create a new price list name or choose from an existing list of values of Pricing Agreement Price Lists.

Pricing agreement price list are maintained only via the Pricing Agreements window. Pricing Agreement Price lists cannot be adjusted or modified as can Standard Price Lists.

Perform steps 15-20 if you are creating a pricing agreement.

If you choose an existing Pricing Agreement Price List, the Currency, Rounding Factor, Description, Freight Carrier, Freight Terms and Comments fields will all default from the attached price list. You are able to change the values in these fields, but this will then change this information in all Pricing Agreements that use this Price List

15. Select a Currency.

16. Enter a Rounding Factor.

7-6 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 233: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating Agreements

17. Enter a price list Description.

You can perform steps 18-20 for both Standard and Pricing agreements.

18. Enter a default Freight carrier.

19. Enter default Freight Terms.

20. Enter any Comments.

In the Payment tab:

Figure 7–3 Pricing Agreements

21. Select the Payment Terms.

■ When you enter a sales order in Oracle Order Management and specify an agreement which uses a Standard price list, the payment terms default from

Agreements 7-7

Page 234: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating Agreements

that price list. You change these payment terms on the Price Lists window, Price List region.

■ When you enter a sales order in Oracle Order Management and you specify an agreement which uses an Agreement price list, the payment terms default from those that you enter in this field.

22. Enter the bill-to name in Invoice To.

23. Enter a bill-to Address.

24. Enter the bill-to contact in Invoice Contact.

25. In the Payment tabbed region, Rules region, enter an accounting rule in Accounting Rule.

26. Enter an invoicing rule in Invoicing.

27. To set the accounting rule override flag, in the Override Flag region, select Accounting Rule.

28. To set the invoicing rule override flag, in the Override Flag region, select Invoicing Rule.

To create agreement lines:For Standard Agreements: The agreement line details defaults from the Standard Price List that was entered in the Price List field in the Pricing tab. These fields cannot be changed or additional lines cannot be entered from the Agreement Lines. Changes and additional price list lines must be made on the Price List from the Price List Set window.

For Pricing Agreements: Perform the preceding steps (steps 15 to 28) for each item to be added to the price list. If you attached an existing Pricing Agreement Price List, the agreement lines default from that Price List. You can make changes to the agreement line details, and add additional agreement lines. Any changes or additions that you make will be reflected on the other agreement lines that this price list is attached to.

1. In the lowest region of the window, enter a customer item number in Customer Item. Customer item is a pricing attribute.

Note: Create the accounting and invoicing rules in Oracle Receivables.

7-8 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 235: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating Agreements

2. Enter a customer Address.

3. Enter a customer Address Category.

4. Enter an inventory item number in Product Value.

5. Enter a unit of measure (UOM).

6. Select Primary UOM if this price list line unit of measure is the primary pricing unit of measure for the item. The pricing engine uses the primary pricing unit of measure and the Oracle Inventory unit of measure conversion information to price an order whose unit of measure does not have a price list line. For example, a price list has two price list lines for item A11111, one with unit of measure EA, the primary UOM, and one for boxes. When the pricing engine receives an order in unit of measure CS, it accesses the unit of measure conversion tables to convert CS to EA.

7. Select Price List Line in Line Type.

8. Select Unit Price for Application Method

9. Enter base price in Value.

10. Enter the effectivity dates in Start Date and End Date. They should be within the effectivity dates of the agreement.

11. Enter the Comments.

12. Enter a Revision number.

Note: When you enter a customer item, Oracle Advanced Pricing creates one pricing attribute and one product attribute for the agreement line for the customer item and its corresponding internal inventory item.

Note: You cannot enter an item category in Product Value. If you entered a customer item which is associated with more that one inventory item, you must select the correct inventory item for the agreement line.

Note: This revision number is not dependent on the agreement revision number.

Agreements 7-9

Page 236: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating Agreements

13. Enter a revision reason in Revision Reason. You must create a list of reasons before you use this field.

14. Enter a Revision Date.

15. Save your work.

To define pricing attributes:1. Choose the Pricing Attributes button from the Pricing Agreements window to

display the Pricing Attributes window.

The Product Context, Product Attribute and Product Value default from the Agreement Line that you are entering.

Figure 7–4 Pricing Attributes

2. Enter a Pricing Context.

3. Enter a Pricing Attribute.

4. Enter the Value From/To.

5. Save your work.

Note: You cannot enter Value To and Operator in the Pricing Attributes window.

7-10 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 237: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating Agreements

To define price breaks:Entering an agreement line with the following exceptions:

1. Enter Price Break Header in Line Type.

2. Enter Point or Range in Price Break Type

3. Choose the Price Breaks button from the lowest region of the window.The Price Breaks Button is enabled only when you select the Price Break Header in Line Type on the agreement line.

Figure 7–5 Price Breaks

Do the remaining steps for each price break that you define.

The Pricing Context defaults to Volume; Pricing Attribute defaults to Item Quantity; Application Method value defaults to unit price. These values cannot be changed.

4. Enter the Value From/To.

5. Enter the list Price.

6. Save your work.

Note: The pricing attributes are joined as AND conditions since they apply to one price list line.

Agreements 7-11

Page 238: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Creating Agreements

For more information on creating price breaks, see Oracle Advanced Pricing, Modifiers.

Querying AgreementsWhen querying agreements, use the Find Agreements query window (from the toolbar Find icon) to find agreements for a specific Customer, Customer Number, Agreement Name, Agreement Number, Agreement Contact, Agreement Type, Invoice Name, Invoice Contact, Price List, or Salesperson.Use the toolbar Find icon.

Note: If you search using the Find Agreements window instead of using a query-by-example on the Agreements window, you may reduce the time that you need to wait for the search results.

7-12 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 239: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Attribute Sou

8

Attribute Sourcing

This chapter describes attribute sourcing and includes the topics:

■ Attribute Sourcing Overview on page 8-2.

■ Attribute Sourcing Process on page 8-3.

rcing 8-1

Page 240: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Attribute Sourcing Overview

Attribute Sourcing OverviewYou use attribute sourcing features to obtain information relevant to your pricing decisions and make the information available to the pricing engine so that it calculates the proper price for products and services. The data that you map links to:

■ Qualifier information: Establishes a customer’s eligibility for prices and price adjustments.

■ Modifier information: Directs the pricing engine to adjust prices at the sales order and the sales order line levels.

You can use attributes in either or both of the following ways:

■ Sourced pricing and qualifier attribute mapping: Attributes which you map from data already present in Oracle Applications and in external systems.

■ Non-sourced pricing attributes: Attributes which capture data from user input.

Sourced Attribute MappingTo enable pricing and qualifier sourced attributes, you map them using the following concepts:

■ Entities: Distinguish attribute mapping rules for pricing and qualifier contexts within line and header pricing:

■ Header Pricing Attributes: Pricing attributes that you use with an order level modifier.

■ Line Pricing Attributes: Pricing attributes that you use with a line level or line group level modifier.

■ Header Qualifier Attributes: Qualifier attributes that you use with an order level modifier.

■ Line Qualifier Attributes: Qualifier attributes that you use with a line level or line group level modifier.

■ Defaulting conditions: Each entity has conditions that control which defaulting sourcing rule the pricing engine should use for a particular qualifier or pricing context. Defaulting conditions map to the qualifier and pricing contexts in the descriptive flexfield definitions. You define conditions in terms of the following:

■ Contexts: For example, Line Volume Context

■ Source Systems: For example, Oracle Order Management (ONT)

8-2 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 241: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Attribute Sourcing Process

You can set up multiple conditions for each context as long as each condition is used by a different source system.

■ Attributes: Each entity has 100 attributes where information for the pricing engine can be stored. However, Oracle reserves 30 of them for future use.

■ Defaulting rules: Each attribute that you use has rules that control how the attribute derives its value. You can use any of the following methods:

■ Profile option: You provide an profile option.

■ Constant: You provide a value.

■ PL/SQL API: You write a PL/SQL procedure or provide an existing package/function name that either returns a single value or multirecord values.

■ System variable: You provide a system variable.

Non-sourced Pricing AttributesTo enable pricing attributes, you create them as descriptive flexfields.

Attribute Sourcing ProcessSourced attributes map from data already present in Oracle Advanced Pricing, other Oracle Applications, and external systems. To enable sourced attributes:

■ Create a descriptive flexfield for the attribute

■ View the entities and their attributes

■ Create defaulting conditions for the entities that you want to use

■ Create defeating rules for the attributes of each entity that you want to use

■ Run a concurrent process

Non-sourced pricing attributes capture data from user input.You do not need to map these attributes.To enable non-sourced attributes:

■ Create a descriptive flexfield for the attribute

◗◗ To source attributes

1. Navigate to the Descriptive Flexfield Segments window.

2. Query as follows:

Attribute Sourcing 8-3

Page 242: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Attribute Sourcing Process

■ To create a qualifier attribute: In Application, query Oracle Advanced Pricing and in Title, query Qualifier Context.

■ To create a pricing attribute: In Application, query Oracle Advanced Pricing and in Title, query Pricing Context.

Figure 8–1 Descriptive Flexfield Segments

3. Verify that Freeze Flexfield Definition is clear.

4. Move to the Context Field Values region and either:

■ Select an existing context

■ Add a new context: Enter Code, Name, and Description then save your work.

5. Click Segments to display the Segments Summary window.

6. In Number, enter the segment precedence.

7. Enter a unique segment Name.

8. In Window Prompt, enter the segment description of the segment.

8-4 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 243: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Attribute Sourcing Process

9. In Column, select the database column in which the attribute resides.

Figure 8–2 Segments Summary

10. In Value Set, either:

■ Choose an existing valueset.

■ Create a new value set by choosing the Value Set button.

11. If you clicked Value Set, the Value Sets window appears:

■ Enter a value set Name.

■ Enter a value set Description.

■ In Format Type, for a number, choose Number; for a date, choose Standard Date. and for a character, choose Char.

Note: Choose a segment number higher than 30 as segments 1 - 30 are reserved for future use. To enable your segment, navigate to the Descriptive Flexfields window.

Attribute Sourcing 8-5

Page 244: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Attribute Sourcing Process

■ Refer to the Oracle Applications Flexfield Guide for information on entering the remaining fields.

Figure 8–3 Segments

12. Save your work.

13. Compile the flexfield and verify that the concurrent process completes successfully. Refer to the Oracle Applications Flexfield Guide for information on this process.

14. If you are creating a:

■ Sourced attribute: Skip the next step and continue with the instructions that follow the next step

■ Non-sourced attribute: Perform the next step and then stop

15. Perform this step only if you are creating a non-sourced attribute. To validate your non-sourced attribute setup, do the following:

8-6 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 245: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Attribute Sourcing Process

■ Create a sales order and verify that the descriptive flexfield displays and that you can enter a value in it. In Oracle Order Management, use the order line tabbed region Pricing.

■ Create a formula, add the non-sourced attribute as a component, create a price list line, add the formula to it. Create a sales order, enter a value for the non-sourced attribute, and view the price.

16. Perform this and the following steps only if you are creating a sourced attribute. Navigate to the Defaulting Setup - Entity Attributes window.

Figure 8–4 Defaulting Setup

The Defaulting Setup - Entity Attributes window appears.

17. In Application, query Oracle Advanced Pricing. Do not execute the query until you complete the following step.

18. In Entity, either query for all entity types or query selectively as follows:

■ To enable pricing attributes, query Pricing Attrs

Attribute Sourcing 8-7

Page 246: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Attribute Sourcing Process

■ To enable header pricing attributes, query Header Pricing Attrs

■ To enable line pricing attributes, query Line Pricing Attrs

■ To enable qualifier attributes, query Qualifier Attrs

■ To enable header qualifier attributes, query Header Qualifier Attrs

■ To enable line qualifier attributes, query Line Qualifier Attrs

19. The Attributes region displays the 100 attributes for the entities that you have queried. The Defaulting Sequence field is reserved for future use.

Choose the Defaulting Condition template to display the Default Conditions Validation Template window.

20. In the Validation Templates region, Condition Name field, enter a condition name. Make the name reflect:

■ The source system that uses this condition: for example, ONT.

■ The pricing or qualifier context: For example, Item Context.

8-8 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 247: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Attribute Sourcing Process

You can set up multiple conditions for each context as long as each condition is used by a different source system.

21. Enter a condition Description.

22. Seeded is reserved for future use.

23. Move to the Validation Rules region to create two records.

24. In the first record, Group # field, enter 1.

25. In Attribute, choose:

■ QUALIFIER_CONTEXT if the entry is a for a qualifier

■ PRICING_CONTEXT if the entry is for a pricing attribute

26. In Validation Operation, choose =

27. In Value String, choose the context name to which your segment belongs.

The list of values displays the valid context names from the value string for either PRICING_CONTEXT or QUALIFIER_CONTEXT from their flexfield definitions.

28. In the Validation Rules region, second record, Group # field, enter 1.

29. In Attribute, choose SRC_SYSTEM_CODE.

30. In Validation Operation, choose =

31. In Value String, choose a valid source system code as follows:

■ By default, select QP.

■ If you use Oracle iStore and Oracle Order Management, create the following validation templates: I*Store/OC (for source system code, select ASO) and Order Management (for source system code, select QP).

32. Save your work and close the Defaulting Condition Validation Templates window.

33. In the Defaulting Setup - Entity Attributes form, Attributes region, query or select the Attribute that you want to enable.

Note: Choose a segment number higher than 30 as segments 1 - 30 are reserved for future use. To enable your segment, navigate to the Descriptive Flexfields window.

Attribute Sourcing 8-9

Page 248: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Attribute Sourcing Process

34. Choose Defaulting Rules to display the Attribute Defaulting Rules window.

Figure 8–5 Attribute Defaulting Rules

35. In the Defaulting Conditions region, Precedence field, enter a unique numeric value for the context.

36. Seeded is reserved for future use.

37. In the Default Sourcing Rules region, Sequence field, enter 1.

38. For Source Type and Default Source/Value, refer to the following table. Select a source type from the column Source Type and enter a source value as directed in the column Meaning.

Note: Precedence is a unique, numeric value. It is not related to modifier precedence numbers.

8-10 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 249: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Attribute Sourcing Process

Figure 8–6 Defaulting Rules Source Types and Default Source/Values

Source Type Meaning

Profile Option Select a profile option, for example, OE: Item Validation Organization.

Constant Enter a constant value, for example 143.

PL/SQL API Either:

1. Write a custom API function that returns a single value. For example, retrieve the customer class from the RA_CUSTOMERS table. If the return value is of type NUMBER or DATE, return it in canonical format.

The Defaulting Rules Flexfield window appears. In Package Name, enter the PL/SQL package name. In Function Name, enter the function name.

2. Source a from a global structure: for example, Package Name: OE_ORDER_PUB, Function Name: G_LINE.payment_term_id.

You can view the global Oracle Order Management order header information in OE_ORDER_PUB.G_HDR and the order line information in OE_ORDER_PUB.G_LINE. View the global Oracle iStore information in ASO_PRCING_INT.

If the return value is of type NUMBER or DATE, return it in canonical format.

The Defaulting Rules Flexfield window appears. In Package Name, enter the package name of the global structure. In Function Name, enter the global structure name

.PL/SQL API Multi-Value

Write a custom API function that returns multiple values in a table of VARCHAR2, for example, retrieve the inventory categories for an item.

If the return value is of type NUMBER or DATE, return it in canonical format.

The Defaulting Rules Flexfield window appears. In Package Name, enter the PL/SQL package name. In Function Name, enter the function name.

System Variable Enter a system variable, for example, SYSDATE.

Attribute Sourcing 8-11

Page 250: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Attribute Sourcing Process

Figure 8–7 Defaulting Rules Flexfield Window

39. Seeded is reserved for future use.

40. Save your work.

41. After you use the attribute in a price list or modifier, run the concurrent program Build Sourcing Rules. For more information, see the Reports section.

42. To validate your sourced attribute setup, do the following:

■ Create a modifier and attach the qualifier or pricing attribute to it.

■ Run the concurrent program Build Sourcing Rules.

■ Create a sales order. View the Pricing Debug window or the generated debug file to verify that the qualifier or pricing attribute is being properly sourced.

Sourced Attribute ExampleSourcing rules scenario:

■ Entity and attribute: Qualifier, used in header

■ Qualifier: Context is Geography, map to QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE31

■ User: Oracle Order Management (ONT)

■ Function: GEOGRAPHY_PUB.Get_Customer_State returns the state in which the customer resides

1. Navigate to the Attribute Mapping window and query Application Oracle Advanced Pricing and Entity Line Qualifier Attrs.

Note: For more information on setting up qualifier contexts, please refer to Oracle Advanced Pricing, Setting Up.

8-12 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 251: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Attribute Sourcing Process

2. Choose Defaulting Condition Templates to navigate to the Default Validation Conditions Template window.

3. In the Validation Templates region, enter,

■ Condition Name: ONT Geography Context

■ Description: Geography Context for ONT

4. In the Validation Rules region, enter the first of two records:

■ Group Number: 1

■ Attribute: SRC_SYSTEM_CODE

■ Validation Operation: =

■ Value String of ONT

5. In the Validation Rules region, enter a second record:

■ Group Number: 1

■ Attribute: QUALIFIER_CONTEXT

■ Validation Operation: =

■ Value String: GEOGRAPHY

6. Save your work and close the window.

7. On the Defaulting Setup - Entity Attributes form, Attributes region, select Attribute QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE31.

8. Click Defaulting Rules to navigate to the Attribute Defaulting Rules window.

9. In the Defaulting Conditions region, enter:

■ Precedence: 1

■ Defaulting Condition: ONT Geography Context

10. In the Default Sourcing Rules region, enter

■ Sequence: 1

■ Source Type: PL/SQL API.

■ Package Name: GEOGRAPHY_PUB_Pub

■ Function Name: Get_Customer_State

11. Save your work then execute the concurrent process Build Sourcing Rules.

Attribute Sourcing 8-13

Page 252: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Attribute Sourcing Process

8-14 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 253: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Reports and Concurrent Proc

9

Reports and Concurrent Processes

This chapter describes Oracle Advanced Pricing reports and concurrent processes. Each description includes general information about the process and a description of submission parameters.

esses 9-1

Page 254: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Overview of Reports

Overview of ReportsOracle Advanced Pricing provides the following reports to help you review and manage your pricing setup:

■ Price List Detail Report

■ Pricing Formulas Report

■ Qualifier Grouping Report

■ Modifier Details Report

■ Accrual Detail Report

Oracle Advanced Pricing offers the following concurrent programs

■ Build Sourcing Rules: This concurrent program needs to be run before you use a qualifier or pricing attribute for the first time.

■ Euro Customer Conversion: This concurrent program is required to convert price lists and modifiers from various European currencies to Euro currency.

■ QP: Maintains the denormalized data in QP Qualifiers: This concurrent program calculates and populates modifier statistics that the pricing engine uses to find modifiers by the most direct method.

9-2 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 255: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Price List Detail Report

Price List Detail ReportThis report displays the following price list information:

■ Header

■ Qualifiers

■ Secondary price lists

■ List lines

■ Item pricing attributes

■ Item price breaks

■ Price formulas

Report SubmissionIn the Requests window, Name field, select Price Lists.

Report ParametersPrice List From/Price List To: Enter a price list or a range of price lists.

Figure 9–1 Price List Detail Report parameters

Reports and Concurrent Processes 9-3

Page 256: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Price List Detail Report

Start Date Active/End Date Active: Enter a date or a range of dates.

Active Price List Only: Enter Yes to display active price lists only and No to display all price lists. The default is Yes.

Active Price List Lines Only: Enter Yes to display active price list lines only and No to display all price list lines. The default is Yes.

Qualifier Context: Enter a qualifier context.

Qualifier Attribute Value From/Qualifier Attribute Value To: Enter a qualifier attribute value or a range of qualifier attribute values.

Product Context: Enter a product context.

Product Attribute: Enter a product attribute

Product Attribute Value: Enter a product attribute value.

9-4 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 257: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Pricing Formulas Report

Pricing Formulas ReportThis report displays pricing formulas and their details, including factor lists.

Report SubmissionIn the Requests window, Name field, select Pricing Formulas.

Report Parameters

Figure 9–2 Pricing Formulas Report parameters

Formula From/Formula To: Enter an individual formula or range of formulas.

Price List From/Price List To: Enter an individual price list or a range of price lists.

Start Date Active/End Date Active: Enter an individual date or a range of dates.

Reports and Concurrent Processes 9-5

Page 258: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Qualifier Grouping Report

Qualifier Grouping ReportThis report shows details for qualifier groups including grouping conditions and effective dates within the group.

Report SubmissionIn the Requests window, Name field, select Qualifier Grouping.

Figure 9–3 Qualifier Grouping Report parameters

Qualifier Context: Enter a qualifier context.

Qualifier Attribute Value From/Qualifier Attribute Value To: Enter an individual qualifier attribute value or a range of qualifier attribute values.

Start Date Active/End Date Active: Enter a date or a range of dates

9-6 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 259: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Modifier Details Report

Modifier Details ReportThis report displays modifier information.

Report SubmissionIn the Requests window, Name field, select Modifier Details.

Report Parameters

Figure 9–4 Modifier Details Report parameters

Modifier Number From/Modifier Number To: Enter the range of modifier numbers for which you want the report generated.

Modifier Name From/Modifier Name To: Enter the range of modifier names.

Modifier Version From/Modifier Version To: Enter the range of modifier versions.

Start Date Active/End Date Active: Enter the range of dates for the active modifiers.

Modifier Only: Enter Yes to display only active modifier lists and No to display all modifier lists.

Active Modifier Lines Only: Enter Yes to display only active modifier lines or No to display all modifier lines.

Reports and Concurrent Processes 9-7

Page 260: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Modifier Details Report

Item Name: Enter item name criteria to display modifiers for the item names you specify.

Item Category: Enter item category criteria to display modifiers for the item categories listed.

Customer Name: Enter customer name criteria to display modifiers associated with the specified customer names.

Customer Class: Enter customer class criteria to display modifiers assigned to the specified customer classes.

Price List: Enter the price list criteria to display modifiers associated with the specified price list.

9-8 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 261: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Build Sourcing Rules Process

Build Sourcing Rules ProcessThis process generates entries into the BUILD_CONTEXTS application program interface (API). You pre-generate entries into this API so that the pricing engine evaluates only the qualifier and pricing attributes used in the price lists, modifiers, and formulas that are relevant to each call rather than all of the sourcing rules.

SubmissionRun this process after you:

■ Make any changes to attribute mapping. For example, run this process after you map the Geography context to a qualifier attribute.

■ First use a qualifier in either a modifier or a price list. For example, run this process after the first time that you use Customer Class as a qualifier for a price list or modifier.

In the Requests window, Name field, select Price Lists.Report Parameters.

Run the process during a time when most users are not logged onto the system. You ay encounter a record locking problem if this process runs at the same time that the pricing engine is processing calls.

ParametersNone

RecoveryIf the process fails:

■ The QP_BUILD_SOURCING_PVT package becomes invalid.

■ All subsequent pricing calls fail.

To recover:

■ Check the concurrent program log to view any errors. If needed, log into SQL/PLUS and check the errors associated with compiling the QP_BUILD_SOURCING_PVT body.

The problems that can occur include:

■ You reference an API in a sourcing rule and the API is invalid or does not exist.

■ You have a typographical error in a sourcing rule that refers to an API or global structure.

Reports and Concurrent Processes 9-9

Page 262: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Build Sourcing Rules Process

■ Fix the sourcing rule using the Attribute Mapping form.

■ Rerun this concurrent process.

9-10 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 263: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Euro Customer Conversion Process

Euro Customer Conversion ProcessThis process provides the Euro customer conversion solution which is part of the Euro Business support. The concurrent process copies the existing NCU pricing data like the Price Lists, Modifiers, Formulas and all the associated attributes and qualifiers into Euro currency. If a customer is provided as an Input parameter, the concurrent process will also convert all the Open sales orders for that customer into Euro.

For more information on Euro, see: http://www.oracle.com/appsnet/products/euro/index.htm.

If you log on to appsnet and go into > Products > Euro, you can select any documentation and collateral. This area is regularly maintained by the Euro team and others); when documents are released they are made available in PDF format.

Reports and Concurrent Processes 9-11

Page 264: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

QP: Maintains the denormalized data in QP Qualifiers

QP: Maintains the denormalized data in QP QualifiersThis concurrent program calculates and populates modifier statistics that the pricing engine search optimizer uses to find modifiers by the most direct method. For each modifier at the list and line level, the process calculates information related to its:

■ Qualifiers: Whether the list or line has qualifiers

■ Directness: How specific (selective) or non-specific (non-selective) its qualifiers are. More specific qualifiers are more direct.

■ Fastest search path: The qualifiers in each modifier list and line that are the most direct become primary qualifiers and the remainder become secondary qualifiers. The pricing engine search optimizer searches the primary qualifiers first.

This process automatically runs after you add or change each modifier and recalculates some statistics for that modifier. In addition, you should run it periodically to recalculate all of the statistics for all of the modifiers.

SubmissionIn the Requests window, Name field, select QP: Maintains the denormalized data in QP Qualifiers.

Run the process during a time when most users are not logged onto the system. You may encounter a record locking problem if this process runs at the same time that the pricing engine is processing calls.

ParametersNone

RecoveryNone

9-12 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 265: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Pricing Attribute Seed

A

Pricing Attribute Seed Data

This appendix lists the predefined Oracle Pricing Contexts and default pricing attribute sourcing rules.

Data A-1

Page 266: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Pricing Attribute Seed Data

Pricing Attribute Seed DataThe following table displays default pricing attribute contexts information. In the Table Validated Value Set Name column, an asterisk indicates a non-table validated value set.

Table A–1 Attribute Contexts

Hierarchy Name Precedence Attribute NameAttribute Data Source

Table Validated Value Set Name

ITEM 220 Item Number PRICING_ATTRIBUTE1

NULL

ITEM 290 Item Category PRICING_ATTRIBUTE2

NULL

ITEM 291-311 Segment_1 - Segment_20 PRICING_ATTRIBUTE4 - PRICING_ATTRIBUTE23

NULL

ITEM 315 ALL_ITEMS PRICING_ATTRIBUTE3

QP:ITEM_ALL

LINEAMT NULL NULL NULL NULL

PRICING ATTRIBUTE

710 Parent Price List PRICING_ATTRIBUTE10

QP_NUMBER *

PRICING ATTRIBUTE

720 Customer Item PRICING_ATTRIBUTE11

MTL_CUSTOMER_ITEMS,

RA_CUSTOMERS, RA_ADDRESSES_ALL

PRICING ATTRIBUTE 730 Insurance Cost

PRICING_ATTRIBUTE12

QP_NUMBER * PRICING ATTRIBUTE 740 Handling Cost

PRICING_ATTRIBUTE13

QP_NUMBER * PRICING ATTRIBUTE 750 Export Cost

PRICING_ATTRIBUTE14

QP_NUMBER * PRICING ATTRIBUTE 760 Duty Cost

PRICING_ATTRIBUTE15

QP_NUMBER * PRICING ATTRIBUTE 770 Freight Cost

PRICING_ATTRIBUTE16

QP_NUMBER * PRICING ATTRIBUTE 780 Administrative Cost

A-2 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 267: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Pricing Attribute Seed Data

The following table displays the default line pricing attribute sourcing mapping information.

PRICING_ATTRIBUTE17

QP_NUMBER * PRICING ATTRIBUTE 782 Grade

PRICING_ATTRIBUTE19

OPM_QC_GRADE

PRICING ATTRIBUTE 790 MODEL_ID

PRICING_ATTRIBUTE1

QP_ITEM_ID VOLUME 800 Item Quantity

PRICING_ATTRIBUTE10

QP_NUMBER * VOLUME 810 Item Amount

PRICING_ATTRIBUTE12

QP_NUMBER * VOLUME 820 Period1 Item Quantity

PRICING_ATTRIBUTE3

QP_NUMBER * VOLUME 830 Period2 Item Quantity

PRICING_ATTRIBUTE1

QP_NUMBER * VOLUME 840 Period3 Item Quantity

PRICING_ATTRIBUTE11

QP_NUMBER * VOLUME 850 Period1 Item Amount

PRICING_ATTRIBUTE13

QP_NUMBER * VOLUME 860 Period2 Item Amount

PRICING_ATTRIBUTE14

QP_NUMBER * VOLUME 870 Period3 Item Amount

PRICING_ATTRIBUTE15

QP_NUMBER * N/A N/A N/A

Table A–2 Default Line Pricing Attribute Source Mapping

Context Qualifier Attribute Source Package Source Function

Item PRICING_ATTRIBUTE1 OE_ORDER_PUB G_LINE.inventory_item_id

Item PRICING_ATTRIBUTE2 QP_SOURCING_API_PUB Get_Item_Category(OE_ORDER_PUB.G_LINE.inventory_item_id)

Item PRICING_ATTRIBUTE3 Constant ALL

Table A–1 Attribute Contexts

Hierarchy Name Precedence Attribute NameAttribute Data Source

Table Validated Value Set Name

Pricing Attribute Seed Data A-3

Page 268: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Pricing Attribute Seed Data

Item PRICING_ATTRIBUTE4 - PRICING_ATTRIBUTE23

QP_SOURCING_API_PUB Get_Item_Segment(OE_ORDER_PUB.G_LINE.inventory_item_id, 4-23)

Line Amt PRICING_ATTRIBUTE4 QP_SOURCING_API_PUB Get_Dollars

Pricing Attributes

PRICING_ATTRIBUTE10 OE_ORDER_PUB G_LINE.unit_percent_base_price

Pricing Attributes

PRICING_ATTRIBUTE11 QP_SOURCING_API_PUB Get_Customer_Item_Id(OE_ORDER_PUB.G_LINE.item_identifier_type, OE_ORDER_PUB.G_LINE.ordered_item_id)

Pricing Attributes

PRICING_ATTRIBUTE12 OE_CHARGE_PVT GET_COST_AMOUNT('INSURANCE')

Pricing Attributes

PRICING_ATTRIBUTE13 OE_CHARGE_PVT GET_COST_AMOUNT('HANDLING')

Pricing Attributes

PRICING_ATTRIBUTE14 OE_CHARGE_PVT GET_COST_AMOUNT('EXPORT')

Pricing Attributes

PRICING_ATTRIBUTE15 OE_CHARGE_PVT GET_COST_AMOUNT('DUTY')

Pricing Attributes

PRICING_ATTRIBUTE16 OE_CHARGE_PVT GET_COST_AMOUNT('FREIGHT')

Pricing Attributes

PRICING_ATTRIBUTE17 OE_CHARGE_PVT GET_COST_AMOUNT('ADMINISTRATION')

Pricing Attributes

PRICING_ATTRIBUTE19 OE_ORD_PUB G_LINE.Preferred_grade

VOLUME PRICING_ATTRIBUTE1 QP_SOURCING_API_PUB Get_Period2_Item_Quantity(OE_ORDER_PUB.G_LINE.sold_to_org_id, OE_ORDER_PUB.G_LINE.inventory_item_id)

VOLUME PRICING_ATTRIBUTE3 QP_SOURCING_API_PUB Get_Period1_Item_Quantity(OE_ORDER_PUB.G_LINE.sold_to_org_id, OE_ORDER_PUB.G_LINE.inventory_item_id)

VOLUME PRICING_ATTRIBUTE11 QP_SOURCING_API_PUB Get_Period3_Item_Quantity(OE_ORDER_PUB.G_LINE.sold_to_org_id, OE_ORDER_PUB.G_LINE.inventory_item_id)

Table A–2 Default Line Pricing Attribute Source Mapping

Context Qualifier Attribute Source Package Source Function

A-4 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 269: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Pricing Attribute Seed Data

VOLUME PRICING_ATTRIBUTE13 QP_SOURCING_API_PUB Get_Period1_Item_Amount(OE_ORDER_PUB.G_LINE.sold_to_org_id, OE_ORDER_PUB.G_LINE.inventory_item_id)

VOLUME PRICING_ATTRIBUTE15 QP_SOURCING_API_PUB Get_Period3_Item_Amount(OE_ORDER_PUB.G_LINE.sold_to_org_id, OE_ORDER_PUB.G_LINE.inventory_item_id)

Table A–2 Default Line Pricing Attribute Source Mapping

Context Qualifier Attribute Source Package Source Function

Pricing Attribute Seed Data A-5

Page 270: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Pricing Attribute Seed Data

A-6 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 271: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Qualifier Seed

B

Qualifier Seed Data

This appendix lists the predefined Oracle Pricing Qualifier Contexts and default qualifier attribute sourcing rules (header and line).

Data B-1

Page 272: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Qualifier Seed Data

Qualifier Seed DataThe following table displays default qualifier contexts information. In the Table Validated Value Set Name column, an asterisk indicates a non-table validated value set.

Table B–1 Qualifier Contexts

Hierarchy Name PrecedenceQualifier Attribute

Qualifier Attribute data source

Table validated Value Set Name

Customer 100 GSA QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE15

FND_LOOKUPS

Customer 210 Agreement Name QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE7 OE_AGREEMENTS

Customer 240 Agreement Type QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE8 QP_LOOKUPS

Customer 250 Ship To QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE11

QP_SHIP_TO_ORGS_V

Customer 260 Customer Name QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE2 QP_CUSTOMERS_V

Customer 270 Site Use QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE5 RA_CUSTOMERS,

RA_ADDRESSES_ALL,

RA_SITE_USES_ALL,

AR_LOOKUPS Customer (con) 280

Bill To QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE14

OE_INVOICE_TO_ORGS_V,

RA_CUSTOMERS Customer (con)

310 Customer Class

QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE1

AR_LOOKUPS Customer (con)

320 Sales Channel QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE3

OE_LOOKUPS Customer (con)

340 Account Type QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE12

AR_CUSTOMER_PROFILE_CLASSES_V

Customer (con)

360 Party ID QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE16

HZ_PARTIES Customer (con)

380 Ship To Party Site

QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE17

HZ_PARTIES, HZ_PARTY_SITES, HZ_LOCATIONS

Customer (con)

400 Invoice To Party Site

QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE18

HZ_PARTIES, HZ_PARTY_SITES, HZ_LOCATIONS

Orders

B-2 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 273: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Qualifier Seed Data

440 Customer PO QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE12

OE_ORDER_LINES_ALL, OE_ORDER_HEADERS_ALL

Orders 450 Line Type QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE2 OE_LINE_TYPES_V

Orders 460 Line Category QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE19

OE_LOOKUPS

Orders 470 Order Type QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE9 OE_TRANSACTION_TYPES_ALL, OE_TRANSACTION_TYPES_TLT

Orders 480 Order Category QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE13

OE_LOOKUPS

Orders 490 Source Type QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE15

OE_LOOKUPS

Orders 510 Order Date QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE1 QP_DATE *

Orders 520 Request Date QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE17

QP_DATE *

Orders 530 Pricing Date QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE14

QP_DATE *

Orders 540 Ship From QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE18

OE_SHIP_FROM_ORGS_V

Orders 550 Shipment Priority Code

QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE16

OE_LOOKUPS

Orders 560 Shippable Flag QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE10

FND_LOOKUPS

Orders 570 Shipped Flag QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE11

FND_LOOKUPS

Orders 580 Freight Cost Type Code

QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE20

WSH_LOOKUPS

Modlist 110 List Line Number QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE2 QP_LIST_LINES

Modlist 120 Coupon Number QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE3 QP_COUPONS

Modlist 130 Promotion Number

QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE1 QP_LIST_HEADERS_VL

Table B–1 Qualifier Contexts

Hierarchy Name PrecedenceQualifier Attribute

Qualifier Attribute data source

Table validated Value Set Name

Qualifier Seed Data B-3

Page 274: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Qualifier Seed Data

The following table displays the default header qualifier attribute sourcing mapping information.

Modlist 140 Price List QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE4 QP_LIST_HEADERS_VL

Modlist 670‘ Restricted QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE10

QP:Yes ONLY

Terms 640 Freight Terms QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE10

OE_FRGHT_TERMS_ACTIVE_V

Terms 650 Shipping Method QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE11

OE_SHIP_METHODS_V

Terms 660 Payment Term QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE1 RA_TERMS

Volume 500 Order Amount QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE10

QP_NUMBER *

Volume 590 Period 1 Order Amount

QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE12

QP_NUMBER *

Volume 600 Period 2 Order Amount

QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE13

QP_NUMBER *

Volume 610 Period 3 Order Amount

QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE11

QP_NUMBER *

Volume 620 Line Weight QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE14

QP_NUMBER *

Volume 630 Line Volume QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE15

QP_NUMBER *

Table B–2 Default Header Qualifier Attribute Sourcing Mapping information

Context Qualifier Attribute Source Package Source Function

Customer QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE1 QP_SOURCING_API_PUB Get_Customer_Class(OE_ORDER_PUB.G_LINE.sold_to_org_id)

Customer QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE12 QP_SOURCING_API_PUB Get_Account_Type(OE_ORDER_PUB.G_HDR.sold_to_org_id)

Table B–1 Qualifier Contexts

Hierarchy Name PrecedenceQualifier Attribute

Qualifier Attribute data source

Table validated Value Set Name

B-4 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 275: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Qualifier Seed Data

Customer QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE13 QP_SOURCING_API_PUB Get_Sales_Channel(OE_ORDER_PUB.G_HDR.sold_to_org_id)

Customer QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE14 OE_ORDER_PUB G_HDR.invoice_to_org_id

Customer QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE15 QP_SOURCING_API_PUB Get_GSA(OE_ORDER_PUB.G_HDR.sold_to_org_id)

Customer QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE16 QP_SOURCING_API_PUB GET_PARTY_ID(OE_ORDER_PUB.G_HDR.sold_to_org_id)

Customer QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE17 QP_SOURCING_API_PUB GET_SHIP_TO_PARTY_SITE_ID(OE_ORDER_PUB.G_HDR.Ship_to_org_Id)

Customer QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE18 QP_SOURCING_API_PUB GET_INVOICE_TO_PARTY_SITE_ID(OE_ORDER_PUB.G_HDR.Invoice_to_org_ID)

Customer QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE2 OE_ORDER_PUB G_HDR.sold_to_org_id

Customer QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE5 QP_SOURCING_API_PUB Get_Site_Use(OE_ORDER_PUB.G_HDR.ship_to_contact_id)

Customer QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE7 OE_ORDER_PUB G_HDR.agreement_id

Customer QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE8 QP_SOURCING_API_PUB Get_Agreement_Type(OE_ORDER_PUB.G_HDR.agreement_id)

Orders QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE1 OE_ORDER_PUB G_HDR.ordered_date

Orders QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE9 OE_ORDER_PUB G_HDR.order_type_id

Orders QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE12 OE_ORDER_PUB G_HDR.cust_po_number

Orders QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE13 OE_ORDER_PUB G_HDR.order_category_code

Order (con) QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE14 OE_ORDER_PUB G_HDR.pricing_date

Order (con) QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE17 OE_ORDER_PUB G_HDR.request_date

Order (con) QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE18 OE_ORDER_PUB G_HDR.ship_from_org_id

Order (con) QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE20 OE_CHARGE_PVT GET_COST_TYPES

Terms QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE1 OE_ORDER_PUB G_HDR.payment_term_id

Terms QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE10 OE_ORDER_PUB G_HDR.freight_terms_code

Terms QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE11 OE_ORDER_PUB G_HDR.shipping_method_code

Table B–2 Default Header Qualifier Attribute Sourcing Mapping information

Context Qualifier Attribute Source Package Source Function

Qualifier Seed Data B-5

Page 276: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Qualifier Seed Data

Volume QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE1 QP_SOURCING_API_PUB Get_Order_Qty(OE_ORDER_PUB.G_HDR.header_id)

Volume QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE10 QP_SOURCING_API_PUB Get_Order_Amount(OE_ORDER_PUB.G_HDR.header_id)

Volume QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE11 QP_SOURCING_API_PUB Get_Period3_Order_Amount(OE_ORDER_PUB.G_HDR.sold_to_org_id)

Volume QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE12 QP_SOURCING_API_PUB Get_Period1_Order_Amount(OE_ORDER_PUB.G_HDR.sold_to_org_id)

Volume QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE13 QP_SOURCING_API_PUB Get_Period2_Order_Amount(OE_ORDER_PUB.G_HDR.sold_to_org_id)

Table B–2 Default Header Qualifier Attribute Sourcing Mapping information

Context Qualifier Attribute Source Package Source Function

B-6 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 277: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Qualifier Seed Data

The following table displays the default line qualifier attribute sourcing mapping information.

Table B–3 Default Line Qualifier Attribute Source Mapping

Context Qualifier Attribute Source Package Source Function

Customer QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE1 QP_SOURCING_API_PUB Get_Customer_Class(OE_ORDER_PUB.G_LINE.sold_to_org_id)

Customer QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE2 OE_ORDER_PUB G_LINE.sold_to_org_id

Customer QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE5 QP_SOURCING_API_PUB Get_Site_Use(OE_ORDER_PUB.G_LINE.ship_to_contact_id)

Customer (con) QUALtIFIER_ATTRIBUTE7 OE_ORDER_PUB G_LINE.agreement_id

Customer (con) QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE8 QP_SOURCING_API_PUB Get_Agreement_Type(OE_ORDER_PUB.G_LINE.agreement_id)

Customer (con) QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE11 OE_ORDER_PUB G_LINE.ship_to_org_id

Customer (con) QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE12 QP_SOURCING_API_PUB Get_Account_Type(OE_ORDER_PUB.G_LINE.sold_to_org_id)

Customer (con) QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE13 QP_SOURCING_API_PUB Get_Sales_Channel(OE_ORDER_PUB.G_HDR.sold_to_org_id)

Customer (con) QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE14 OE_ORDER_PUB G_LINE.invoice_to_org_id

Customer (con) QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE15 QP_SOURCING_API_PUB Get_GSA(OE_ORDER_PUB.G_LINE.sold_to_org_id)

Customer (con) QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE16 QP_SOURCING_API_PUB GET_PARTY_ID(OE_ORDER_PUB.G_LINE.sold_to_org_id)

Customer (con) QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE17 QP_SOURCING_API_PUB GET_SHIP_TO_PARTY_SITE_ID(OE_ORDER_PUB.G_LINE.Ship_to_org_Id)

Customer (con) QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE18 QP_SOURCING_API_PUB GET_INVOICE_TO_PARTY_SITE_ID(OE_ORDER_PUB.G_LINE.Invoice_to_org_ID)

Qualifier Seed Data B-7

Page 278: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Qualifier Seed Data

Order QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE2 OE_ORDER_PUB G_LINE.line_type_id

Order QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE10 OE_ORDER_PUB G_LINE.SHIPPABLE_FLAG

Order QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE11 OE_CHARGE_PVT GET_SHIPPED_STATUS

Order QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE12 OE_ORDER_PUB G_LINE.cust_po_number

Order QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE14 OE_ORDER_PUB G_LINE.pricing_date

Order QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE15 OE_ORDER_PUB G_LINE.source_type_code

Order QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE16 OE_ORDER_PUB G_LINE.shipment_priority_code

Order QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE17 OE_ORDER_PUB G_LINE.request_date

Terms QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE1 OE_ORDER_PUB G_LINE.payment_term_id

Terms QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE10 OE_ORDER_PUB G_LINE.freight_terms_code

Terms QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE11 OE_ORDER_PUB G_LINE.shipping_method_code

Volume QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE11 QP_SOURCING_API_PUB Get_Period3_Order_Amount(OE_ORDER_PUB.G_LINE.sold_to_org_id)

Volume QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE12 QP_SOURCING_API_PUB Get_Period1_Order_Amount(OE_ORDER_PUB.G_LINE.sold_to_org_id)

Volume QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE14 OE_CHARGE_PVT GET_LINE_WEIGHT_OR_VOLUME('Weight')

Volume QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE15 OE_CHARGE_PVT GET_LINE_WEIGHT_OR_VOLUME('Volume')

Modlist QUALIFIER_ATTRIBUTE4 OE_ORDER_PUB G_LINE.price_list_id

Table B–3 Default Line Qualifier Attribute Source Mapping

Context Qualifier Attribute Source Package Source Function

B-8 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 279: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Loo

C

Lookups

This appendix lists the predefined Oracle Pricing Lookups.

kups C-1

Page 280: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Lookups

Lookups

Agreement TypeAccess Level: Extensible

Allows the user to optionally categorize agreements by defining unique agreement types. For example, the user could setup an agreement type per contract type, or use the categorization for reporting purposes. An agreement type is optional on a pricing agreement.

The user can choose to use the seeded agreement types or add new types.

The following table lists the default (seeded) values for this lookup type.

Table C–1 Agreement Type Lookup

Code Meaning Function

GSA Government Services Agreement Used to categorize pricing agreements.

STANDARD Standard Terms and Conditions Used to categorize pricing agreements.

VPA Volume Purchase Agreement Used to categorize pricing agreements.

C-2 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 281: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Lookups

Arithmetic OperatorAccess Level: System

The method by which a price or modifier is calculated. Used in the Price List and Modifier Setup U.I.’s.

The following table lists the default (seeded) values for this lookup type.

Comparison OperatorAccess Level: System

Used when setting up Qualifiers and Pricing Attributes to define the rule as to how the search engine should evaluate the attribute on the request line.

The following table lists the default (seeded) values for this lookup type.

Table C–2 Arithmetic Operator Lookup

Code Meaning Function

% Percent Modifier value is calculated as a per unit percentage of the List Price.

AMT Amount Modifier value is calculated as per unit amount +/- the List Price.

LUMPSUM Lump Sum Modifier value is a fixed amount, i.e. is not per unit.

NEW PRICE New Price Modifier value overrides the selling price.

PERCENT PRICE

Percent Price List Price is derived as a percentage of an associated item.

UNIT PRICE Unit Price List Price is a per unit price.

Table C–3 Comparison Operator Lookup

Code Meaning Function

= Equals Qualifier/Pricing Attribute value on the incoming request should match the Qualifier/Pricing Attribute value.

BETWEEN Between Qualifier/Pricing Attribute value on the incoming request should be in the range defined by the Qualifier / Pricing Attributes.

Not = Not Equal Qualifier Attribute value on the incoming request should NOT match the Qualifier Attribute value.

Lookups C-3

Page 282: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Lookups

Currency Precision TypeAccess Level: System

Valid values for the profile option QP: Unit Price Precision Type. Indicates whether the currencies standard or extended precision should be used.

The following table lists the default (seeded) values for this lookup type.

Effective Date TypesAccess Level: System

Effective date ranges of these types can optionally be defined on some types of Modifier Lists. The Search Engine will use these dates, if passed by the calling application, in addition to the pricing effective date to determine which Modifier Lists are eligible.

The following table lists the default (seeded) values for this lookup type.

Table C–4 Currency Precision Types Lookup

Precision Type Rounding Factor

Extended Rounding Factor is defaulted to the currencies extended precision

Standard Rounding Factor is defaulted to the currencies standard precision

Table C–5 Effective Date Type Lookup

Code Meaning Function

ORD Order Date Order Date must be within the date range.

SHIP Requested Ship Date Customer requested Ship Date must be within the date range.

C-4 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 283: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Lookups

Incompatibility GroupsAccess Level: Extensible

Incompatibility Groups allow the user to define which Modifiers cannot be applied to a request line with which other Modifiers, i.e. are incompatible, and which Modifiers cannot be applied to a request line with any other Modifier, i.e. are exclusive.

All Modifiers in a Phase which are incompatible should be assigned to the same Incompatibility Groups, LVL1 - LVL3, and any Modifier in a Phase which is exclusive should be placed in the EXCL - Exclusive Group.

Users may define additional incompatibility groups, but only the seeded EXCL - Exclusive group is treated as “incompatible with ALL”.

The following table lists the default (seeded) values for this lookup type.

Incompatibility Resolution CodeAccess Level: System

Methods of deciding which Modifier should be selected when multiple Modifiers in the same incompatibility group are eligible to be applied to a request line in the same pricing phase. The method for resolving incompatibility is specified by pricing phase when maintaining pricing phases in the Event to Phase Mapping Setup Up.

The following table lists the default (seeded) values for this lookup type.

Table C–6 Incompatibility Groups Lookup

Code Meaning Function

EXCL Exclusive group Incompatible with all other Modifiers in a Phase.

LVL1 Level 1 Incompatibility Incompatible with other Modifiers in this incompatibility group in a Phase.

LVL2 Level 2 Incompatibility Incompatible with other Modifiers in this incompatibility group in a Phase.

LVL3 Level 3 Incompatibility Incompatible with other Modifiers in this incompatibility group in a Phase.

Lookups C-5

Page 284: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Lookups

Limit Attribute TypeIndicates the entity of a limit dimension attribute.

The following table lists the default (seeded) values for this lookup type.

Limit BasisIndicates the basis on which a promotional cap limit is calculated.

The following table lists the default (seeded) values for this lookup type.

Table C–7 Incompatibility Resolution Code Lookup

Code Meaning Function

BEST PRICE Best Price Search Engine selects the Modifier which gives the lowest price to the customer.

PRECEDENCE PRECEDENCE Search Engine selects the Modifier with the lowest precedence, i.e. the highest specificity.

Table C–8 Limit Attribute Type Lookup

Code Meaning

QUALIFIER Qualifier Attribute

PRICING Pricing Attribute

PRODUCT Product Attribute

Table C–9 Limit Basis Lookup

Code Meaning

ACCRUAL Accrual Units

CHARGE Charge

COST Discount Cost

GROSS_REVENUE Gross Revenue

QUANTITY Item Quantity

USAGE Usage

C-6 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 285: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Lookups

Limit Change ReasonIndicated the reason for an adjustment to a promotional limit balance. You adjust a balance by creating a consumption record against it.

The following table lists the default (seeded) values for this lookup type.

Limit Exceed ActionIndicates the action to take if a applying a promotion or modifier to a sales order exceeds the promotional cap (available balance) of a promotional limit.

The following table lists the default (seeded) values for this lookup type.

Limit LevelIndicates how the pricing engine should maintain the promotional limit balance transactions.

The following table lists the default (seeded) values for this lookup type.

Table C–10 Limit Change Reason Lookup

Code Meaning

MISC Miscellaneous

Table C–11 Limit Exceed Action Lookup

Code Meaning

HARD Adjust the order benefit amount so that the order meets but does not exceed the promotional limit. Apply that adjusted amount to the order. Inactivate the modifier or modifier list.

SOFT Apply the full benefit to the order and then place a promotional hold on the order.

Table C–12 Limit Level Lookup

Code Meaning

TRANSACTION The pricing engine maintains a consumption record for each order that consumes the limit.

ACCROSS_TRANSACTION The pricing engine maintains one consumption record for all orders that consume the limit.

Lookups C-7

Page 286: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Lookups

List Line Type CodeAccess Level: System

Defines the behavior of a List Line; a List Line maybe a Price List Line or a type of Modifier: for example, a price adjustment, benefit or charge.

The following table lists the default (seeded) values for this lookup type.

Table C–13 List Line Code Lookup

Code Meaning Function

PRL Standard Price List Line

Sets the base price of an item or level in product hierarchy.

PBH Price Break Header

A series of base price or price adjustments which are eligible for application to the pricing request according to a delimited break unit range and the rules of the break type.

PMR Price Modifier One or more pricing attributes, whose value or range of values is used to derive a factor on a formula line.

DIS Discount Reduces the list price, or selling of the previous pricing bucket, according to the calculation rules of the arithmetic operator.

SUR Surcharge Increases the list price, or selling of the previous pricing bucket, according to the calculation rules of the arithmetic operator.

OID Other item Discount

A discount for which eligibility can be qualified by one or more request lines, but is applied to the same or different request line/s which are on the request.

PMG Promotional Goods

A discount for which eligibility can be qualified by one or more request lines, but for which a new request line is created for the discounted item.

CIE Coupon Issue Creation of a coupon which qualifies for a discount or promotional goods on a future request.

IUE Item Upgrade Substitution of one item for another on a request line, according to the pre-defined “promotional Upgrade” relationship between the two items.

TSN Terms Substitution

Changing value of qualifier attribute in terms context on request line. Seeded qualifier attributes in terms context are Freight, Shipping and Payment Terms.

Freight Charges

Freight and Special Charges

Monetary charges which are calculated based on attributes of a request line, but which do not effect the selling price on the request line.

C-8 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 287: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Lookups

List Type CodeAccess Level: System

Used to categorize the type of list which groups price list lines or modifiers. Used for validation, including which types of lines can be included on the list, and reporting purposes.

The following table lists the default (seeded) values for this lookup type.

Table C–14 List Type Code Lookup

Modifier Line Type Modifier List Types

Price List Price List

Agreement Price List Price List

Discount Discount, Promotion, Deal

Surcharge Discount, Surcharge, Promotion, Deal

Freight Charge Freight and Special Charges

Price Break Header Discount, Surcharge, Promotion, Deal

Item Upgrades Promotion, Deal

Other Item Discount Promotion, Deal

Terms Substitution Promotion, Deal

Promotional Goods Promotion, Deal

Coupon Issue Promotion, Deal

Price Modifier Price Modifier

Lookups C-9

Page 288: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Lookups

Modifier Level CodeAccess Level: System

Determines what qualifiers and pricing attributes are considered by the search engine when deciding if a request line qualifies for a modifier. This code also determines at what level, i.e. individual line or summary, a modifier should be applied to the request.

The following table lists the default (seeded) values for this lookup type.

Price Break Type CodeAccess Level: System

Rules which determine which delimited break unit range/s the qualifying break unit quantity falls into.

The following table lists the default (seeded) values for this lookup type.

Table C–15 Modifier Level Code Lookup

Code Meaning Function

Line Line Line Group

Line Group

Group of lines

The quantity, in the pricing UOM, and amount spent on an item is summed across all request lines. Hence the total item quantity and amount, on the request, or total quantity and amount at a level in the product hierarchy, is considered by the search engine when deciding if a modifier is qualified or not.Modifier application is at the request line level.

Order Order Only qualifiers or pricing attributes of the summary request line, or header, are considered by the search engine when deciding if a modifier is qualified. Note: it is not possible for a header level modifier to be qualified by a request line.Modifier application is at the summary request line, or header level.

Table C–16 Price Break Type Code Lookup

Code Meaning Function

POINT Point Volume break in which each volume of break unit gets price/discount in the break range into which it falls.

RANGE Range Volume break in which each volume of break unit gets base price/modifier in the break range within which the total volume falls.

RECURRING Recurring Volume break in which the modifier is given for each volume of break unit that falls into the break range.

Used for modifiers only.

C-10 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 289: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Lookups

Price Formula Line Type CodeAccess Level: System

Defines the behavior of a formula line.Table C-12 are the defined lookups for basic pricing in OM, and Table C-13 are the lookups defined for Oracle Pricing.

The following tables list the default (seeded) values for this lookup type:

■ Basic Pricing in OM

■ Oracle Pricing Only

Table C–17 Price Formula Line Type Code Lookup (Basic Pricing in OM)

Code Function Meaning

ML Factor List Formula uses a price modifier list to derive the value for the formula line.

A price modifier list is a grouping of price modifier lines, each line having one or more pricing attributes, whose value or range of values is used to derive a factor.

NUM Numeric Constant Fixed value

PRA Pricing Attributes Formula takes as input the pricing attribute for the item referenced by the formula line.

Table C–18 Price Formula Line Type Code Lookup (Oracle Pricing Only

Code Function Meaning

FUNC Function Formula uses a function to derive the value for the formula line

LP Price List Line Formula takes as input the list price of the price list line to which it is attached

PLL Price List Line Formula takes as input the list price from the price list line (any price list line) referenced by the formula line.

PRA Pricing Attribute Formula takes as input the pricing attribute for the item referenced by the formula line.

ML Factor List Formula uses a price modifier list to derive the value for the formula line.

A price modifier list is a grouping of price modifier lines, each line having one or more pricing attributes, whose value or range of values is used to derive a factor.

NUM Numeric Constant Fixed value

Lookups C-11

Page 290: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Lookups

Pricing EventsAccess Level: System

A “point” in the process flow of the transaction system/calling application at which a call is made to the Pricing Engine (analogous to a Workflow Event).

The following seeded lookup codes are for Oracle Order Management integration with pricing; each event represents a stage in the order cycle at which pricing is performed. The information returned by pricing; base prices, price adjustments, promotions, freight charges etc. depends on the pricing phases which are processed for this event.

Note: in this release it is not possible to create new pricing events.

The following table lists the default (seeded) values for this lookup type.

Table C–19 Pricing Events Lookup

Code Meaning Function

PRICE Fetch List Price Calls pricing engine to get base price as user enters item, quantity and unit of measure on the order line.

LINE Enter Order Line Calls pricing engine to get line level modifiers as user navigates out of a line or saves the order.

ORDER Save Order Event Calls pricing engine, as user saves order, to get order level modifiers and other benefits which depend on multiple order lines.

BOOK Book Order Calls pricing engine as order is booked.

SHIP Enter Shipments Calls pricing engine as order is shipped.

REPRICE_LINE

Reprice Line Pricing event which can be used to reprice an order line at any point during the order flow.

BATCH Batch Processing Calls pricing engine when orders are processed in batch, replaces ‘Line’ and ‘Order’ events.

C-12 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 291: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Lookups

Pricing Group SequenceAccess Level: Extensible

A Pricing Group Sequence is a mechanism to control the application order of price adjustments and retrospective discounts, i.e. accruals. The sequence of application of these modifiers becomes important when the adjustment or accrual value is derived from the selling price (the price resulting from applying prior price adjustments) rather than the list price. This is known as discounts on discounts or “cascading discounts”. The sequence number of the group determines which order the calculation engine will apply the modifiers.

The pricing group sequence allows the user to place all price adjustments and retrospective discounts in a “pricing bucket”; all modifiers in a “bucket” are additive, i.e. the adjustment amount for all modifiers in a bucket is calculated off the final selling price, or subtotal of the previous bucket.

The user can add additional pricing group sequences / buckets if they require further subtotals or cascading of modifiers. Pricing Group Sequence “0” is reserved for base price calculation.

The following table lists the default (seeded) values for this lookup type.

Related Modifier Group TypeAccess Level: System

Used by Oracle Pricing internally to identify relationships between, and functional groupings, of modifiers.

The following table lists the default (seeded) values for this lookup type.

Table C–20 Pricing Group Sequence Lookup

Code Meaning Function

0 Base Price Base Price calculation

1 Price Adjustments Bucket 1 First modifier subtotal

2 Price Adjustments Bucket 2 Second modifier subtotal

3 Price Adjustments Bucket 3 Third modifier subtotal

Table C–21 Related Modifier Group Type Lookup

Code Meaning Function

QUALIFIER Qualifier Identifies those modifiers which the request must qualify for in order to get a benefit.

Lookups C-13

Page 292: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Lookups

Request TypeAccess Level: Extensible

A Request Type indicates to the pricing engine the type of transaction being priced. This is important to pricing, as the engine will use this information to only consider data created specifically to price this particular type of transaction.

The following seeded lookup codes are for Oracle Order Management integration with pricing. Any application which wishes to use Oracle Pricing should create a request type lookup code to identify their transaction.

The following table lists the default (seeded) value for this lookup type.

Source SystemAccess Level: Extensible

The Source System is used to identify the origin of the pricing data. The pricing engine will use this information to restrict it’s search to pricing information which originated from a particular application depending on the Request Type to Source System Setup.

Any application which wishes to use create pricing information should create a source system lookup code to identify their pricing data.

The following table lists the default (seeded) value for this lookup type.

BENEFIT Benefit Identifies those modifiers which are given as a benefit once the qualification criteria has been met.

COUPON Coupon Identifies the benefit which is given for a Coupon Issue.

PRICE BREAK

Price Break Records which modifiers are price break lines for a price break.

Table C–22 Request Type Lookup

Code Meaning Function

ONT Order Management Order Used to price an Order Management Order.

Table C–21 Related Modifier Group Type Lookup

Code Meaning Function

C-14 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 293: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Lookups

.

Table C–23 Source System Lookup

Code Meaning Function

QP Oracle Pricing Use Oracle Pricing tables as data origin.

Lookups C-15

Page 294: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Lookups

C-16 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 295: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Modifier Scen

D

Modifier Scenarios

This appendix describes modifier scenarios.

arios D-1

Page 296: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Modifier Scenarios

Modifier ScenariosThe following scenarios illustrate how to meet business needs by creating modifiers. The scenarios are organized by the following modifier concepts:

■ Discount

■ Surcharge

■ Price break

■ Other item discount

■ Promotional goods

■ Coupon issue

■ Item upgrade

■ Terms substitution

■ Freight and special charges

■ Newprice

Each scenario is identified by a number and the numbers do not re-start with one at the beginning of each modifier concept; they are continuous throughout the appendix.

Discount

Scenario 1If the customer is a preferred customer or customer spends more than 150 currency units, they receive 10% off the order.

1. Create a modifier.

Modifier Type: Discount

Modifier Level: Order

Application Method: Percent

Value: 10

2. In the Line Qualifiers window, create two line qualifiers.

Grouping Number: 1

Qualifier Context: Volume

D-2 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 297: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Modifier Scenarios

Qualifier Attribute: Order Amount

Operator: Between

Value From: 150

Grouping Number: 2

Qualifier Context: Customer

Qualifier Attribute: Customer Class

Operator: =

Value From: Preferred

Scenario 2For any ten compact discs purchased by April 2000, the customer receives 2 currency units off.

Create a modifier.

Modifier Type: Discount

Modifier Level: Line

End Date: 30 April 2000

Product Attribute: Item Category

Product Attribute Value: CD

Volume Type: Item Quantity

Break Type: Recurring

Value From: 10

Application Method: Lumpsum

Value: 2

Scenario 3For every eight currency units spent on cat food, the customer accrues five shopper points.

Create a modifier.

Modifier Type: Discount

Modifier Level: Line

Modifier Scenarios D-3

Page 298: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Modifier Scenarios

Product Attribute: Item Category

Product Attribute Value: Cat Food

Volume Type: Item Amount

Break Type: Recurring

Value From: 8

Select Accrue

Benefit Quantity: 5

Benefit UOM: Shopper Point

Scenario 4Customers mentioning the Summer Special Promotion receive 5 currency units off of any tennis racket except the FastFireIII model

1. Create a modifier.

Modifier No: SUMMER SPECIAL

Modifier Type: Discount

Modifier Level: Line

Product Attribute: Item Category

Product Attribute Value: Tennis Rackets

Application Method: Amount

Value: 5

2. In the Exclude window, create an excluded item.

Product Attribute: Item

Product Value: FastFire III

Select Exclude

Scenario 5Customers who buy two bottles of shampoo receive one currency unit off of the third bottle of shampoo.

Create a modifier.

Modifier Type: Discount

D-4 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 299: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Modifier Scenarios

Modifier Level: Line

Product Attribute: Item

Product Attribute Value: Shampoo

Volume Type: Item Quantity

Break Type: Recurring

UOM: Each

Value From: 3

Application Method: Lumpsum

Value: 1

Surcharge

Scenario 6Customers in the National Accounts territory who spends less than 1000 currency units per order receives a 2% surcharge.

1. Create a modifier.

Modifier Type: Surcharge

Modifier Level: Order

Application Method: Percent

Value: 10

2. In the Line Qualifiers window, create two line qualifiers for the modifier.

Grouping Number: 1

Qualifier Context: Volume

Qualifier Attribute: Order Amount

Operator: Between

Value To: 1000

Grouping Number: 1

Qualifier Context: Customer

Qualifier Attribute: Customer Class

Modifier Scenarios D-5

Page 300: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Modifier Scenarios

Operator: =

Value From: National Accounts

Scenario 7Any customer placing a rush order (delivery required within two days) for replacement motors receives a 50 currency unit surcharge.

1. Create a modifier.

Modifier Type: Surcharge

Modifier Level: Line

Product Attribute: Item Category

Product Attribute Value: Motors, Spare

Application Method: Amount

Value: 50

2. In the Line Qualifiers window, create a qualifier for the modifier. You have created qualifier attribute Days to Requested Delivery and created the appropriate sourcing rules for this attribute.

Grouping Number: 1

Qualifier Context: Order

Qualifier Attribute: Days to Requested Delivery

Operator: Between

Value To: 2

Price Break

Scenario 8All employees in Company ABC’s mobile phone plan receive per minute discounts based on minutes used, as follows:

■ 0-120 minutes: 0.5 currency units per minute

■ 121-240 minutes: 0.10 currency units per minute

■ 241-420 minutes: 0.12 currency units per minute

■ > 421 minutes: 0.15 currency units per minute

D-6 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 301: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Modifier Scenarios

A customer who uses 150 minutes receives the following discounts:

■ 0.5 currency unit per minute discount on 120 minutes

■ 0.10 currency unit per minute discount on 30 minutes

1. Create a modifier.

Modifier Type: Price Break Header

Modifier Level: Line

Product Attribute: Item

Product Attribute Value: Minutes

Volume Type: Item Quantity

Break Type: Range

Adjustment Type: Discount

2. In the Price Break Lines region, enter the break lines.

Value From: 0

Value To: 120

Application Method: Amount

Value: 5

Value From: 121

Value To: 240

Application Method: Amount

Value: 10

Value From: 241

Value To: 420

Application Method: Amount

Value: 12

Value From: 421

Modifier Scenarios D-7

Page 302: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Modifier Scenarios

Application Method: Amount

Value: 15

3. In the Line Qualifiers window, create a qualifier for the price break modifier.

Grouping Number: 1

Qualifier Context: Customer

Qualifier Attribute: Customer Name

Operator: =

Value From: ABC

Scenario 9Customers who buy cases of TY brand products across an order receive a percent rebate per case as follows:

■ 1 - 500 cases: 2% rebate per case

■ 501 - 1000 cases: 3% rebate per case

■ > 1000 cases: 5% rebate per case

1. Create a modifier.

Modifier Type: Price Break Header

Modifier Level: Group of Lines

Product Attribute: Item Category

Product Attribute Value: TY

Volume Type: Item Quantity

Break Type: Point

UOM: Case

Adjustment Type: Discount

Select Accrue

2. In the Price Break Lines window, enter the break lines.

Value From: 1

Value To: 500

Application Method: Percent

D-8 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 303: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Modifier Scenarios

Value: 2

Value From: 501

Value To: 1000

Application Method: Percent

Value: 3

Value From: 1001

Application Method: Percent

Value: 5

Other Item Discount

Scenario 10Customers who buy more than three meters of fabric across an order receive 10% off thermal curtain linings and 5% off drapery services.

1. Create a modifier.

Modifier Type: Other Item Discount

Modifier Level: Group of Lines

Product Attribute: Item Category

Product Attribute Value: Fabric

Volume Type: Item Quantity

Break Type: Point

UOM: Yard

Value From: 10

2. In the modifier details, enter the get products.

Product Attribute: Item

Product Value: Thermal Linings

Application Method: Percent

Modifier Scenarios D-9

Page 304: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Modifier Scenarios

Value: 10

Product Attribute: Item

Product Value: Drapery Services

Application Method: Percent

Value: 5

Scenario 11Customers who buy a set of six chairs, a coffee table, or two standard lamps receive 400 currency units off of a dining table.

1. Create a modifier.

Modifier Type: Other Item Discount

Modifier Level: Line

Product Attribute: Item

Product Attribute Value: Dining Chair

Volume Type: Item Quantity

Break Type: Point

UOM: Each

Value From: 6

2. In the modifier details, enter the related product.

Group No: 1

Product Attribute: Item

Product Value: Coffee Table

UOM: Each

Group No: 2

Product Attribute: Item

Product Value: Standard Lamp

Pricing Attribute: Item Quantity

D-10 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 305: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Modifier Scenarios

Operator: Between

Value From: 2

UOM: Each

3. In the modifier details, enter the get product.

Product Attribute: Item

Product Value: Dining Table

Application Method: Amount

Value: 400

Promotional Goods

Scenario 12Customers who buy one bottle of shampoo receive a free bottle of conditioner.

1. Create a modifier.

Modifier Type: Promotional Goods

Modifier Level: Line

Product Attribute: Item

Product Attribute Value: Shampoo

Volume Type: Item Quantity

Break Type: Recurring

UOM: Each

Value From: 1

2. In the modifier details, enter the get product.

Product Attribute: Item

Product Value: Conditioner

Get Quantity: 1

Get Price: <price list line for conditioner>

Get UOM: Each

Modifier Scenarios D-11

Page 306: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Modifier Scenarios

Application Method: Percent

Value: 100

Scenario 13Customers who buy two bottles of shampoo receive 10% off the purchase of a third bottle of shampoo.

1. Create a modifier.

Modifier Type: Promotional Goods

Modifier Level: Line

Product Attribute: Item

Product Attribute Value: Shampoo

Volume Type: Item Quantity

Break Type: Recurring

UOM: Each

Value From: 2

2. In the modifier details, enter the get product.

Product Attribute: Item

Product Value: Shampoo

Get Quantity: 1

Get Price: <price list line for shampoo>

Get UOM: Each

Application Method: Percent

Value: 10

Scenario 14Customers who spend over 45 currency units on an order receive a free cosmetic bag.

1. Create a modifier.

Modifier Type: Promotional Goods

Modifier Level: Order

D-12 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 307: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Modifier Scenarios

2. In the Line Qualifiers window, create a qualifier.

Grouping Number: 1

Qualifier Context: Volume

Qualifier Attribute: Order Amount

Operator: Between

Value From: 45

3. In the modifier details, enter the get product.

Product Attribute: Item

Product Value: Cosmetic Bag

Get Quantity: 1

Get Price: <price list line for cosmetic bag>

Get UOM: Each

Application Method: Percent

Value: 100

Coupon Issue

Scenario 15Customers who buy any product in the Chubo brand receive 10% off any item in the Chubo brand on their next order.

1. Create a modifier list

Main region

Type: Promotion

Number: Coupon15

Select Active

Name: Coupon15

Clear Automatic

1. Create a modifier line for the discount.

Modifiers Summary tabbed region

Modifier Scenarios D-13

Page 308: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Modifier Scenarios

Modifier Level: Line

Modifier Type: Discount

Product Attribute: Item Category

Product Attribute Value: Chubo

Discounts/Charges tabbed region

Application Method: Percent

Value: 10

2. Create a second modifier line for the coupon issue and assign it to the modifier from step 1.

Modifier Type: Coupon Issue

Modifier Level: Line

Product Attribute: Item Category

Product Attribute Value: Chubo

Coupon Modifier: <discount modifier from previous step>

Scenario 16Customers ordering from the website receive a coupon for 10% off a future order.

1. Create a modifier line.

Modifier Type: Discount

Modifier Level: Order

Application Method: Percent

Value: 10

2. Create a second modifier line for the coupon issue and assign it to the modifier from step 1.

Modifier Type: Coupon Issue

Modifier Level: Order

Coupon Modifier: <modifier from step 1>

3. In the line qualifiers window, create a qualifier for the coupon issue modifier from step 2. You have created the qualifier attribute Website Domain and created the appropriate sourcing rules for it.

D-14 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 309: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Modifier Scenarios

Grouping Number: 1

Qualifier Context: Customer

Qualifier Attribute: Website Domain

Operator: =

Value From: co.uk

Scenario 17With any order, receive a coupon for two free bags of coffee on a future order.

1. Create a modifier line.

Modifier Type: Promotional Goods

Modifier Level: Order

2. In the modifier details, enter the get product.

Product Attribute: Item

Product Value: Coffee

Get Quantity: 2

Get Price: <price list line for bag of coffee>

Get UOM: Bag

Application Method: Percent

Value: 100

3. Create a second modifier line for the coupon issue and assign it to the modifier from step 1.

Modifier Type: Coupon Issue

Modifier Level: Order

Coupon Modifier: <modifier from step 1>

Item Upgrade

Scenario 18Customers who order a standard video recorder before end of April 2000 receive a deluxe video recorder for the same price.

Modifier Scenarios D-15

Page 310: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Modifier Scenarios

1. Create a modifier.

Type: Promotion or Deal

Date Type: Requested Ship Date

End Date: 31 April 2000

2. Assign a modifier line to the modifier list in Step 1. You have defined the item relationship between the standard video recorder and deluxe video recorder.

Modifier Type: Item Upgrade

Modifier Level: Line

Product Attribute: Item

Product Attribute Value: Video Recorder Standard

Upgrade Item: Video Recorder Deluxe

Scenario 19Customers who buy a shirt receive the shirt and a tie for the shirt price.

Create a modifier. You have defined the item relationship between the shirt and the marketing bill shirt and tie pack.

Modifier Type: Item Upgrade

Modifier Level: Line

Product Attribute: Item

Product Attribute Value: Shirt

Upgrade Item: Marketing item shirt and tie pack

Terms Substitution

Scenario 20Customers who spend more than 1000 currency units on a sofa pay nothing for shipping.

Create a modifier.

Modifier Type: Terms Substitution

Modifier Level: Line

D-16 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 311: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Modifier Scenarios

Product Attribute: Item Category

Product Attribute Value: Sofa

Volume Type: Item Amount

Break Type: Point

UOM: Each

Value From: 1000

Terms Attribute: Shipping Terms

Terms Value: No Charge

Scenario 21Customers who buy more than 100 currency units of one item on an order receive terms of 2% 30/NET 60.

1. Create a modifier.

Modifier Type: Terms Substitution

Modifier Level: Line

Terms Attribute: Payment Terms

Terms Value: 2% 30/NET 60

2. In the Line Qualifiers window, create a qualifier.

Grouping Number: 1

Qualifier Context: Volume

Qualifier Attribute: Line Amount

Operator: Between

Value From: 100

Freight and Special Charges

Scenario 22For all low priority shipments, calculate shipping charges by order line total weight as follows:

■ 0 - 500 kg: 2.50 currency units

Modifier Scenarios D-17

Page 312: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Modifier Scenarios

■ 501 - 1000 kg: 3.50 currency units

■ > 1000 kg: 5.00 currency units

Profile Option QP: Line Weight UOM Code is kg.

1. Create a modifier.

Modifier Type: Freight Charge

Modifier Level: Line

Application Method: Lumpsum

Value: 2.50

2. In the Line Qualifiers window, create a qualifier for the modifier from step 1.

Grouping Number: 1

Qualifier Context: Order

Qualifier Attribute: Shipment Priority

Operator: =

Value From: Low

Grouping Number: 1

Qualifier Context: Volume

Qualifier Attribute: Line Weight

Operator: =

Value From: 0

Value To: 500

3. Create a second modifier.

Modifier Type: Freight Charge

Modifier Level: Line

Application Method: Lumpsum

Value: 3.50

4. In the Line Qualifiers window, create a qualifier for the second modifier from step 3.

D-18 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 313: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Modifier Scenarios

Grouping Number: 1

Qualifier Context: Order

Qualifier Attribute: Shipment Priority

Operator: =

Value From: Low

Grouping Number: 1

Qualifier Context: Volume

Qualifier Attribute: Line Weight

Operator: =

Value From: 501

Value To:1000

5. Create a third modifier.

Modifier Type: Freight Charge

Modifier Level: Line

Application Method: Lumpsum

Value: 3.50

6. In the Line Qualifiers window, create a qualifier for the third modifier from step 5.

Grouping Number: 1

Qualifier Context: Order

Qualifier Attribute: Shipment Priority

Operator: =

Value From: Low

Grouping Number: 1

Qualifier Context: Volume

Qualifier Attribute: Line Weight

Modifier Scenarios D-19

Page 314: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Modifier Scenarios

Operator: =

Value From: 1001

Scenario 23Calculate freight handling charge as a 10% markup of actual handling cost.

1. Create a formula.

Formula Name: Handling Cost

Formula: 1 * 2

2. Create a formula line.

Formula Line Type: Pricing Attribute

Pricing Attribute Context: Pricing Attribute

Pricing Attribute: Handling Cost Amount

Step: 1

Formula Line Type: Constant

Component: 1.1

Step: 2

3. Create a modifier.

Modifier Type: Freight Charge

Modifier Level: Line

Application Method: Lumpsum

Formula: <reference formula Handling Cost from step 1>

4. In the Line Qualifiers window, create a qualifier for the third modifier from step 2.

Grouping Number: 1

Qualifier Context: Order

Qualifier Attribute: Freight Cost Type

Operator: =

Value From: Handling

D-20 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 315: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Modifier Scenarios

Newprice

Scenario 24The following table states the scenario for this newprice example. Following the table, the text analyzes the scenario:

Within the same incompatibility group, when all of the lines have the same Precedence, the pricing engine performs best price processing. The final selling price is in line 2, 25 currency units. In this scenario, the bucket is not important to the result.

Scenario 25The following table states the scenario for this newprice example. Following the table, the text analyzes the scenario:

With different incompatibility levels, the pricing engine evaluates the lines according to buckets. Since all of the lines are in the same bucket, the pricing engine calculates Adjusted Amount from the list price. It calculates the selling price as follows:

List Price - Sum of the Adjusted Amounts

1000 - (970 + 975 + 960) = 1000 - 2095 = -1905

Table D–1 Newprice Scenario: List Price 1000, Selling Price 25

Incompatibility Level Precedence Bucket Operator Value

Engine Selects

1 10 1 NEWPRICE 30 No

1 10 1 NEWPRICE 25 Yes

1 10 1 NEWPRICE 40 Yes

Table D–2 Newprice Scenario: List Price 1000, Selling Price -1005

Incompatibility Level Precedence Bucket Operator Value

Engine Selects Adjusted Amount

1 10 1 NEWPRICE 30 Yes -970

2 10 1 NEWPRICE 25 Yes -975

3 10 1 NEWPRICE 40 Yes -960

Modifier Scenarios D-21

Page 316: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Modifier Scenarios

Scenario 26The following table states the scenario for this newprice example. Following the table, the text analyzes the scenario:

With different incompatibility levels, the pricing engine evaluates the lines according to buckets. Since each line is in a different bucket, the pricing engine calculates Adjusted Amount from the base price of the previous bucket (list price is in bucket 0). It calculates the selling price as follows:

List Price - Sum of the Adjusted Amounts

1000 - (970 + 5 - 15) = 1000 - 960 = 40

As the pricing engine evaluates the eligible list lines, it resolves incompatibilities in all phases. You can set up your modifiers such that the pricing engine determines most of the list line eligibility at the search stage. Then, the pricing engine calculates the final selling price bucket by bucket.

Table D–3 Newprice Scenario 3: List Price 1000, Selling Price 40

Incompatibility Level Precedence Bucket Operator Value

Engine Selects Adjusted Amount

1 10 1 NEWPRICE 30 Yes -970 (Base price: 1000)

2 10 2 NEWPRICE 25 Yes -5 (Base price: 30)

3 10 3 NEWPRICE 40 Yes 15 (Base price: 25)

D-22 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 317: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Formula Scen

E

Formula Scenarios

This appendix describes formula scenarios.

arios E-1

Page 318: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Formula Scenarios

Formula ScenariosSplinters Glass Company manufactures windshields for cars and trucks. It sells both to wholesale customers and to retail customers.

Scenario 1To its retail customers, Splinters prices windshields based on the dimension of the sheet of glass according to the formula 3 currency units * Width * Height * Thickness Factor.

The following table shows the thickness factors.

Splinters sets up Oracle Pricing to use formula and factor-based pricing.

Step 11. In the flexfield definition window, query the pricing attributes flexfield.

2. Define three new pricing attributes flexfield segments—width, height, and thickness. Use the context Pricing Attributes.

3. Save your work and close the window.

Step 2Create a pricing formula.

1. Create a formula header.

Formula Name: Glass Pricing Formula and Formula = 1 * 2 * 3 *4

2. Create a formula line.

Formula Type: Numeric Constant

Component: 3

Step Number: 1

Table E–1

Glass Thickness Thickness Factor

< 5 mm 10%

5 mm - 10 mm 15%

> 10 mm 20%

E-2 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 319: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Formula Scenarios

3. Create a second formula line.

Formula Type: Pricing Attributes

Pricing Attribute Context: Pricing Attributes

Pricing Attribute: Width

Step Number: 2

4. Create a third formula line.

Formula Type: Pricing Attributes

Pricing Attribute Context: Pricing Attributes

Pricing Attribute: Height

Step Number: 3

5. Create a fourth formula line.

Formula Type: Factor List

Component: Thickness Factor

Step Number: 4

6. Click Factors.

7. In the Base Pricing Attributes region, create a row.

Base Pricing Attribute: Thickness

Comparison Operator: Between

Value From: 0

Value To: 5

Adjustment Factor: 0.10

8. Create a second row in the Base Pricing Attributes region.

Base Pricing attribute: Thickness

Comparison Operator: Between

Value From: 5

Value To: 10

Adjustment Factor: 0.15

9. Create a third row in the Base Pricing Attributes region.

Formula Scenarios E-3

Page 320: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Formula Scenarios

Base Pricing Attribute: Thickness

Comparison Operator: Between

Value From: 10

Adjustment Factor: 0.20

10. Save your work and close the window.

Step 3Create a price list for retail customers, create a list line, and attach the formula.

1. Create a price list.

Name: Retail

2. Select the Qualifiers tabbed region.

3. Add a qualifier.

Context: Customer

Attribute: Customer Class

Value: Retail

4. Create a new list line.

Item: Windshield

UOM: Each

Dynamic Formula: Glass Pricing Formula

Method: Amount

Line Type: PLL

5. Save your work and close the window.

E-4 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 321: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Formula Scenarios

Scenario 2 To its retail customers, Splinters charges for its windshield warranty protection plan at 10% of the cost of the replacement windshield. The formula is 10% * price of the Windshield item on the Replacement price list).

Splinters sets up Oracle Pricing to use formula-based pricing.

Step 1Create a new pricing formula.

1. Create a formula header.

Formula Name: Warranty Pricing Formula

Formula: 1*2

2. Create a formula line.

Formula Type: Numeric Constant

Component: 0.10

Step Number: 1

3. Create a second formula line.

Formula Type: Price List Line

Component: Windshield line of Replacement price list

Step Number: 2

4. Save your work and close the window.

Step 2Create a price list for retail customers, create a list line, and attach the formula.

1. Create a price list.

Name: Warranties

2. In the Qualifiers region, add a qualifier.

Context: Customer

Attribute: Customer Class

Value: Retail

3. Create a list line.

Formula Scenarios E-5

Page 322: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Formula Scenarios

Item: Protection Plan

UOM: Each

Dynamic Formula: Warranty Pricing Formula

Method: Amount

Line Type: PLL

4. Save your work and close the window.

E-6 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 323: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Windows and Navigator

F

Windows and Navigator Paths

This appendix shows the default navigator paths for Oracle Pricing application.

Windows and Navigator PathsFor forms and detailed information described in other manuals, see:

■ Oracle Order Management User’s Guide

■ Oracle Application User’s Guide

The following table lists the navigation path for each window. Brackets surrounding a path indicate a button.

Window Name Navigation Path

Add Items to Price List Price Lists > Add Items to Price List

Adjust Price List Price Lists > Adjust Price List

Attribute Defaulting Rules Setup > Attribute Mapping > [Defaulting Rules...]

Copy Price List Price Lists > Copy Price List

Defaulting Condition Validation Templates

Setup > Attribute Mapping > [Defaulting Condition Templates...]

Defaulting Setup Setup > Attribute Mapping

Define Limits Modifiers > Modifier Setup > Define Modifier (W) > [List Limits] >

Define Modifier Modifiers > Modifier Setup

Define Modifier (alternate) Modifiers > Modifier Incompatibility Setup > [Modifiers]

Paths F-1

Page 324: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Windows and Navigator Paths

Define Modifier - Define GSA Price

Price Lists > GSA Pricing Setup

Define Modifier Details Modifiers > Modifier Setup > [Define Details*]

Descriptive Flexfield Segments

Setup > FlexFields

Event Phases Setup > Event Phases

Exclude Items Modifiers > Modifier Setup > [Exclude]

Factors Pricing Formulas > Formulas Setup > [Factors]

Find Personal Profile Values

Setup > Profiles

Find Requests View Concurrent Requests

Find Requests (alternate) View Concurrent Requests > [Find] > [Find Requests]

GSA Qualifiers Price Lists > GSA Pricing Setup > [List Qualifiers]

Incompatibility Groups Setup > Modifier Incompatibility Setup > Incompatibility Groups

Log file: request id View Concurrent Requests > [Find] > [View Log...]

More Pricing Attributes Modifiers > Modifier Setup > [Pricing Attributes]

Oracle Pricing Lookups Setup > Lookups

Personal Profile Values Setup > Profiles > [Find]

Price Breaks Pricing Agreements > Price Breaks

Price Breaks (alternate 1) Modifiers > Modifier Setup > [Define Details*] > Price Breaks

Price Breaks (alternate 2) Price Lists > Price List Setup > [Price Breaks]

Price Lists Price Lists > Price List Setup

Pricing Agreements Pricing Agreements

Pricing Attributes Pricing Agreements > [Pricing Attributes]

Pricing Attributes (alternate) Price Lists > Price List Setup > [Pricing Attributes]

Pricing Formulas Pricing Formulas > Formulas Setup

QUALIFIER - Header Level Qualifiers

Modifiers > Modifier Setup > [List Qualifiers] > [Cancel]

Window Name Navigation Path

F-2 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 325: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Windows and Navigator Paths

QUALIFIER - Line Level Qualifiers

Modifiers > Modifier Setup > [Line Qualifiers] > [Cancel]

Qualifier Group Qualifier Setup

Qualifier Groups - List Modifiers > Modifier Setup > [List Qualifiers]

Qualifier Groups - Line Modifiers > Modifier Setup > [Line Qualifiers]

Redeem Accruals Modifiers > Accrual Redemption

Report: request id View Concurrent Requests > [Find] > [View Output]

Request Detail View Concurrent Requests > [Find] > [View Details...]

Request Diagnostics View Concurrent Requests > [Find] > [Diagnostics]

Requests View Concurrent Requests > [Find]

Segments Summary (Attachment context)

Setup > FlexFields > [Segments]

Segments Summary (alternate 1)

Setups > FlexFields > [Segments] > [New]

Segments Summary (alternate 2)

Setups > FlexFields > [Segments] > [Open]

Source Systems Setups > Source Systems

Submit a New Request Reports

Submit a New Request (alternate)

View Concurrent Requests > [Submit a New Request...]

Submit Request Reports > OK

Value Sets Setups > FlexFields > [Segments] > [Value Set]

Value Sets (alternate 1) Setups > FlexFields > [Segments] > [New] > [Value Set]

Value Sets (alternate 2) Setups > FlexFields > [Segments] > [Open] > [Value Set]

Update Formula Prices Pricing Formulas > Update Formula Prices

Window Name Navigation Path

Windows and Navigator Paths F-3

Page 326: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Windows and Navigator Paths

F-4 Oracle Advanced Pricing User’s Guide

Page 327: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Glossary

A

accrual

In Oracle Advanced Pricing are monetary or non-monetary units that are earned and accumulated for later remittance in a form of a monetary or non-monetary payment. Remittance settlement is based on a predefined basis for performance.

Ask For Modifier

A promotion modifier type that requires a customer to specifically request the promotion on the order.

attribute

A basic data element used by Oracle Advanced Pricing to control pricing activity. For example, Pricing uses attributes to define the eligibility of a customer order to receive a particular price or modifier. In Oracle Advanced Pricing, individual attributes are obtained from data sources that are called contexts. Pricing attributes may also be used as elements of a pricing formula.

Automatic Modifier

In Oracle Advanced Pricing, a control that allows you to specify that the Pricing Engine apply a modifier automatically to a transaction, assuming that the transactions meets the qualifier eligibility.

Glossary-1

Page 328: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

B

Base Price

The original price for an item obtained from the Price List; the price before any price adjustments are applied. Also known as List Price.

Benefits

In Oracle Advanced Pricing, modifiers that result in non-monetary adjustments to an order. Types of benefits include: Item upgrade, free items, change in payment or shipment terms. See also Price Adjustments.

best price

The modifier which gives the lowest price or most advantageous price to the customer on the given pricing line will be applied.

best price

An alternative method to precedence which is used to determine which modifier should be selected when multiple modifiers in the same exclusivity or incompatibility group are eligible to be applied to the same pricing line within a pricing phase. The modifier which gives the lowest price or most advantageous price to the customer on the given pricing line will be applied. See also Precedence.

Buckets - Pricing

A feature in Oracle Advanced Pricing that determines how modifier price adjustments are applied to the list price of an item to calculate the selling price. Modifiers use the previous buckets sub-total for percentage calculation. Modifiers within the same bucket are Additive i.e. added together, and subtracted from the previous buckets total. The user can create an unlimited amount of buckets to calculate selling price. For example, discounts associated with bucket 0 use list price as their calculation basis. Bucket 1 prices use the subtotal resulting from subtracting bucket 0 discounts from list price as their calculation. Bucket 2 uses the subtotal remaining after subtracting bucket 1 discounts from the bucket 0 subtotal, and so forth.

C

Calculation Engine

In Oracle Advanced Pricing the calculation engine is a part of pricing engine. It returns the price of an item/service.

Glossary-2

Page 329: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

CTD (Capable to Deliver)

Refers to considering the transportation resources and transportation lead time to meet your customers delivery needs. In this release, only transportation lead time is being considered. Transportation resources will be added in a future release.Chained Discounts

See Compound Discounts, also Buckets, Pricing.

compound discounts

Discounts that are applied on top of already discounted prices. See buckets, pricing.

context

A data source used by Oracle Advanced Pricing to obtain attributes. For example, Oracle Advanced Pricing considers the customer order itself to be a context. Various attributes from the order, such as order date, can be used by Pricing to control the selection of a price or modifier. Oracle Advanced Pricing does not limit the number of contexts that can be defined. Any single context can supply up to 100 pricing attributes. See also Dimension.

customer class

A method to classify and group your customers. For example, you could group them by their business type, size, or location. You can create an unlimited number of customer classes.

D

deal

A Modifier List type in Oracle Advanced Pricing that is a child of the modifier list type Promotion. A Deal is a group of modifiers that share the same header level qualifications and are reported together. A Deal is tied to a Promotion for reporting purposes only.

defaulting

Used in Oracle Advanced Pricing to identify the supply of a value for an attribute. See sourcing.

defaulting condition

Used in Oracle Advanced Pricing to refer to the context/dimension name as well as the source system. Each attribute is defaulted differently according to which context is being defaulted.

Glossary-3

Page 330: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

dimension sourcing

Provides the rules for finding attribute values that have been defined in qualifier and pricing dimensions. For a given transaction, the Pricing Engine must receive all the values of the attributes defined in the qualifier and pricing dimensions (contexts) in order to determine which prices and/or benefits the transaction is qualified for. See context.

discounts

Is a Modifier type in Oracle Advanced Pricing that creates Pricing Adjustments which allows Pricing Engine to extend a reduced price for an order, specific line item, or group of lines.

E

effective dates

Start date and end date that a price, discount, surcharge, deal, promotion, or change is active.

exclusivity

A feature in Oracle Advanced Pricing that determines if an order qualifies for multiple modifiers on an order, and if one of the modifiers is exclusive, then only the exclusive modifier is applied.

F

factor list

In Oracle Advanced Pricing Formulas, factor lists may be linked to multiple pricing attributes or range of these attributes. For example, a glass with thickness between 0.1 to 0.3 mm will have a factor of 3 and a glass with thickness between 0.4 to 0.8 mm will have a factor of 5. The choice of factors from the factor list is made by the Pricing engine at the time the formula is computed. See formula.

formula

A mathematical formula used in Oracle Advanced Pricing to define item pricing or modifier adjustments. You create a pricing formula by combining pricing components and assigning a value to the components.

Glossary-4

Page 331: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

G

GSA (General Services Administration)

GSA (General Services Administration): a customer classification that indicates the customer is a U.S. government customer. For products on the GSA price list, a fixed price must be used, defined on the GSA contract. The items contained on the GSA price list cannot be sold to commercial customers for the same or less price than the government price. In other terms, the price offered to the government must be the minimum in the market.

Incompatibility

A feature in Oracle Advanced Pricing that allows you to define groups of modifiers where the modifiers in a group are incompatible with each other. Modifiers in the same incompatibility group may not be used together on the same transaction. See Precedence.

L

list price

In Oracle Advanced Pricing, the base selling price per unit of the item, item category or service offered. You define the list price on a price list. All price adjustments are applied against the list price.

list price (Pricing Formula)

A Formula type used in Oracle Advanced Pricing to notify the pricing engine to use the Price on the line that the formula is attached to for calculating the formula.

list price (Price List)

In Oracle Advanced Pricing, the base selling price per unit of the item, item category or service offered. You define the list price on a price list. All price adjustments are applied against the list price.

M

modifier

Defines the terms of how Oracle Advanced Pricing will make adjustments. For example, a modifier can take the form of: discounts, or surcharges. In Oracle Advanced Pricing, when you setup modifiers, you define the adjustments your customers may receive. You control the application of modifiers by the pricing

Glossary-5

Page 332: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

engine by also setting up rules that specify qualifiers and attributes governing their use.

modifier list

A grouping of modifiers in Oracle Advanced Pricing.

For the rest of the document, we will use ‘Multilevel ATP’ as a short form for this feature.

P

precedence

Used by Oracle Advanced Pricing to resolve Incompatibility. Precedence controls the priority of modifiers and price lists. If a customer qualifies for multiple modifiers that are incompatible with each other, precedence determines the discount that the customer is eligible for based on the precedence level of the modifier. See also incompatibility.

price adjustments

In Oracle Advanced Pricing, modifiers that result in monetary adjustments to an order. Types of benefits include: discount in %, amount or new price, discounts on other items, surcharges. See benefits.

price breaks

A quantity delimiters to which are associated prices or discounts by range of quantity and amount. These breaks may occur at either the line item level or at the total order level and associated with a item/ item group.

price list

A list containing the base selling price per unit for a group of items, item categories or service offered. All prices in a price list are for the same currency.

pricing date

In Oracle Advanced Pricing, the date according to which selling price will be calculated. Pricing Date can be Order Date, Ship Date or sysdate.

pricing event

A point in the process flow of a Pricing Line, e.g. Order, Contract etc. at which a call is made to the Pricing Engine to fully or partially price the Order or Contract. A

Glossary-6

Page 333: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

pricing event is analogous to a Workflow event; for example, Booking Order, Reprice Order, Shipping Order.

Pricing Phase

A user defined control that can be applied to Price Lists, Discount Lists, Promotions, Deals, etc. In Oracle Advanced Pricing, the Pricing Engine looks at the phase when deciding which lists should be considered in a Pricing Event. See Pricing Event.

pricing request structure

In Oracle Advanced Pricing the Pricing Request Structure is the parameter information that is passed to the Pricing Engine for calculating the final price which is inclusive of all the modifiers that the customer is eligible for.

product pricing attributes

In Oracle Advanced Pricing, these define the products referenced in a deal, discount, promotion, or price list.

promotion

A Modifier List type in Oracle Advanced Pricing. A Promotion is a group of modifiers that share the same header level qualifications and are reported together.

Q

qualifier

Used in Oracle Advanced Pricing to determine eligibility for a price, price adjustment or benefit.

R

request type

Used by Oracle Advanced Pricing to identify the transaction system which calls the Pricing Engine for calculation of the price. Ex: Order Management, Order Capture, Oracle Service, Contracts etc.

Glossary-7

Page 334: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

S

selection engine

In Oracle Advanced Pricing the selection engine is a part of pricing engine. Selection engine is responsible for selecting price lists and modifiers based on the Pricing Request.

selling price

The selling price is the unit cost for a particular item. Thus, if two of item A cost $10.00 each, the selling price is $10.00 for each unit.

selling price

Selling Price is defined as the price derived after applying price adjustments to the list price.

Source Transaction System

The source application that populates the pricing tables with information using the Pricing APIs. These include Order Management, iMarketing, Trade Management, Contracts, etc.

sourcing

Used in Oracle Advanced Pricing to refer to the supply of a value for an attribute. See defaulting and dimension sourcing.

Suggested Order Date

The date that the planning process suggests an order for goods or services is entered. The earliest order date allowed is today and no compression days are allowed.

Glossary-8

Page 335: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Index

Aaccruals, in modifiers, 4-11adding

items to a price list, 6-26adjusting. See changingadvanced promotion and deals, in modifier list

types, 4-2agreements, 7-1

creating, 7-4defining

price breaks, 7-11pricing attributes, 7-10

overview, 7-2types

Pricing, 7-2Standard, 7-2

attachingpricing attributes to modifier lines, 4-58

Bbuckets for modifiers, 4-10

Cchanging

limit amounts, 4-80modifier incompatibility, 4-82price list prices, 6-20prices, 1-6

copyingprice list lines, 6-18price lists, 6-19, 6-22

creatingagreements, 7-4GSA list qualifiers, 6-30GSA price list, 6-29limits, 4-64modifier lists, 4-22price lists, 6-8pricing formula, 5-3qualifier groups, 3-7qualifiers, line level, 4-55qualifiers, list level, 4-26

cross order volume, in modifiers, 4-16

Ddefining

factor list details, 5-10price breaks, 6-12, 7-11price lists, 6-3price request structure, 1-7pricing attributes, 6-11pricing attributes, in agreements, 7-10qualifiers, 6-15secondary price lists, 6-13

deletingqualifier groups, 3-12

duplicating. See copying

Eeffective dates (price list), 6-2enforcing limits, 4-79entering

coupon issue information, 4-46

Index-1

Page 336: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

discount and charge information, 4-40freight charge information, 4-42item upgrade information, 4-44other item discount and promotions

information, 4-49price break information, 4-52terms substitution information, 4-45

events, 4-11excluding items from modifer, 4-59

Ffactor list details, defining in pricing formula, 5-10formulas

defined, 1-9scenarios, E-2

Iimplementation planning, 1-12inactive price lists, 6-2incompatibility processing, modifiers, 4-8item upgrade information, entering, 4-44

Llimits

balancesupdating, 4-77viewing, 4-73

changing amounts, 4-80creating, 4-64enforcing, 4-79overview, 4-62viewing transaction details, 4-73

line level qualifiers. See qualifierslist level qualifiers, 4-26list price

determining, 1-7list types in modifiers, 4-4lookups, C-2

Mmobile download, setting up, 6-8

modifier linesattaching pricing attributes, 4-58creating, 4-31types, 4-5

modifier listscreating, 4-22selecting, 1-7types, 4-4

advanced promotion and deals, 4-2modifier scenarios

coupon issue, D-13discount, D-2freight and special charges, D-17item upgrade, D-15new price, D-21other item discounts (OID), D-9price break, D-6promotional goods, D-11surcharge, D-5term substitution, D-16

modifiersaccruals, 4-11application matrix, 4-6buckets, 4-10concepts, 4-3coupon issue information, 4-46cross order volume, 4-16defined, 1-6, 1-8excluding items, 4-59incompatibility, 4-82incompatibility processing, 4-8item upgrade information, 4-44manual, 4-10overview, 4-2price break information, 4-52terms substitution information, 4-45using qualifiers, 3-12

modifyingqualifier groups, 3-12

Nnavigator paths and windows, F-1

Index-2

Page 337: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Oother item discount and promotions information, in

modifiers, 4-49overview

formulas, 5-2modifiers, 4-2Oracle Advanced Pricing, 1-2price lists, 6-2reports, 9-2setting up Oracle Advanced Pricing, 2-2

Pprice and modifier adjustments, applying, 1-7price break information, in modifiers, 4-52price breaks

agreements, 7-11defining, 6-12

Price List Detail Report, 9-3price list line, copying, 6-18price lists

changing prices, 6-20copying, 6-19creating, 6-8currency, 6-2defined, 1-8defining, 6-3effective dates, 6-2inactive, 6-2maintaining, 6-19overview, 6-2rounding factors, 6-2secondary, 6-3selecting, 1-7using qualifiers, 3-12

price request structure, defining, 1-7pricing

concept, 1-3pricing attributes, 1-6product hierarchy, 1-6product hierarchy, defined, 1-6qualifiers, defined, 1-6

pricing attributesdefined, 1-6, 1-8

defining, 6-11defining for agreements, 7-10seed data, A-2

pricing componentsoverview, 1-7price lists, 1-8pricing attributes, 1-8qualifier groups, 1-8qualifiers, 1-7service items, 1-10

pricing engine, 1-6pricing formula

creating, 5-3defining factor list details, 5-3defining factor lists, 5-10overview, 5-2updating prices, 5-12

Pricing Formulas Report, 9-5profile options, 2-34promotion and deals, in modifier list types, 4-2promotional limits. See limits

QQualifier Grouping Report, 9-6qualifier groups

creating, 3-7defined, 1-8deleting, 3-12modifying, 3-12querying, 3-11

qualifierscontext, 3-2creating AND/OR conditions, 3-4defined, 1-6, 1-7line level, creating, 4-55list level, creating, 4-26overview, 3-2seed data, B-1using with modifiers, 3-12using with price lists, 3-12value, 3-2

queryingqualifier groups, 3-11

Index-3

Page 338: Oracle Advanced Pricing User s Guide · Chapter 7 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing Agreements and associated agreement functionality. Chapter 8 Introduces Oracle Advanced Pricing

Rredeem accruals, 4-85reports

overview, 9-2Price List Detail Report, 9-3Pricing Formulas Report, 9-5Qualifier Grouping Report, 9-6

rounding factor for price lists, 6-2

Sscenarios

formula, E-1seed data

pricing attributes, A-2qualifiers, B-1

service items, pricing, 1-10setting up

mobile download for price lists, 6-8Oracle Advanced Pricing, 2-4overview, 2-2profile options, 2-34steps for Advanced Pricing, 2-4

Uupdating

balances, 4-77price list prices, 6-24prices for price list lines, 6-20prices for pricing formula, 5-12

Vviewing

limit balances, 4-73limit transaction details, 4-73

Wwindows and navigator paths, F-1

Index-4